physiological studies of a murine monoclonal ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2...

235
PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE HYBRIDOMA: GROWTH AND MONOCLONAL ANTIBODY PRODUCTION A thesis submitted to the University of Surrey for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy by MICHELLE FRANCES SCOTT B.Sc. Department of Microbiology University of Surrey Guildford September 1990

Upload: others

Post on 15-Sep-2020

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE

HYBRIDOMA: GROWTH AND

MONOCLONAL ANTIBODY PRODUCTION

A thesis submitted to the University of Surrey

for the degree of

Doctor of Philosophy

by

MICHELLE FRANCES SCOTT B.Sc.

Department of Microbiology

University of Surrey

Guildford

September

1990

Page 2: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

ProQuest Number: 27721069

All rights reserved

INFORMATION TO ALL USERS The qua lity of this reproduction is d e p e n d e n t upon the qua lity of the copy subm itted.

In the unlikely e ve n t that the au tho r did not send a co m p le te m anuscrip t and there are missing pages, these will be no ted . Also, if m ateria l had to be rem oved,

a no te will ind ica te the de le tion .

uestProQuest 27721069

Published by ProQuest LLC (2019). C opyrigh t of the Dissertation is held by the Author.

All rights reserved.This work is protected aga inst unauthorized copying under Title 17, United States C o de

M icroform Edition © ProQuest LLC.

ProQuest LLC.789 East Eisenhower Parkway

P.O. Box 1346 Ann Arbor, Ml 48106 - 1346

Page 3: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

ABSTRACT

The physiology of growth and monoclonal antibody (Mab) production by

a murine hybridoma, PQX Bl/2, which secretes an antibody to paraquat, has

been investigated.

A triphasic sequence characterising antibody production was revealed by

partial cubic spline interpolation of measurements of culture biomass, Mab

titre, glutamine, ammonia and amino acids concentrations.

During phase I peaks in the utilisation of amino acids, primarily GLN,

and ammonia production, were revealed together with apparent inhibition of

growth. Specific growth rate peaked in phase II, during which ammonia was

apparently assimilated. This assimilation was investigated, and the mechanism

proposed to be via a cyclic coupling of glutamate dehydrogenase to alanine

aminotransferase. Further peaks in the assimilation of amino acids were observed

in phase III during which Mab production rate reached a maximum. These

observations are discussed in relation to possible cell-cycle events.

The processes of growth and product formation were further investigated

by determination of materials balance equations. The nutritional requirements for

each phase were found to be different.

The significance of amino acids for hybridoma culture has been

highlighted, and a fractional factorial method employed to investigate the

importance of individual amino acids for growth and production. The

requirements for each process were found to be different: some amino acids

were important for growth but not critical for Mab production (eg lysine)

whereas others (eg serine) could be omitted with little effect on growth but a

profound effect on product formation.

Page 4: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank my supervisor Dr Mike Bushell for his advice,

support and help during this project. I am very grateful to Dr Noel Warded

for his technical assistance with the bioreactor experiments and his endless

encouragement and sense of humour- especially when results were not

forthcoming, and reports were due. Thanks also to Sarah Bell for her help,

encouragement, and croissants on the "dawn patrol"; to Dr Pete Sanders, Dr

Keith Snell, Tina O’Shaunessy and Niall Higbee (the other members of

"Team Surrey") for their technical assistance and advice.

I am grateful to Eric Ah-Sing from the department of Biochemistry at

the University of Surrey, and to SmithKline Beecham Pharmaceuticals for

their advice and technical assistance with amino acid analysis.

Thanks also to the many members of the Department of Microbiology,

past and present, for their friendship and help, especially Jane Thorpe, Jackie

McDermott, Ming Lo, Peter Angell, Sue Wall, Jane Newcombe, Maureen

Hodson and Di Simpson.

Finally, I would like to thank my family, for their endless help,

support and encouragement over the years, which made this work possible.

I gratefully acknowledge the financial support of the SERC

Biotechnology Directorate (Grant No.GR/D/96019).

Page 5: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

CONTENTS

Abstract i

Acknowledgments ii

Contents iii

List of figures vü

List of tables xi

List of abbreviations xii

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Animal Cells In Culture 1

1.1.1 The History 1

1.1.2 The Nutrition of Animal Cells in Culture 2

1.1.3 Production and Application of Animal Cell Products 6

1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8

1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9

1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14

1.2.3 Applications of Monoclonal Antibodies 17

1.2.4 Monoclonal Antibody Production Systems 22

1.2.5 Factors Affecting Mab Production 26

1.3 The Aims of the Project 29

CHAPTER 2 MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.1 Cell Culture Methods

2.1.1 The Cell Line 31

2.1.2 Sterilization Procedures 31

2.1.3 Cell Counting 32

2.1.4 Dry Weight Determination 34

i i i

Page 6: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

2.1.5 Culture media 35

2.1.6 Cell passaging 35

2.1.7 Large scale culture 36

2.1.8 Sterility Checking 37

2.1.9 Cryopreservation 37

2.2 Biochemical Methods

2.2.1 Polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis 38

2.2.2 Lowry Protein Assay 39

2.2.3 Affinity purification of anti-paraquat monoclonal antibody 39

2.2.4 Enzyme linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA) 40

2.2.5 Glutamine / Ammonia Assay 43

2.2.6 Lactate determination 43

2.2.7 Glucose determination 44

2.2.8 Amino Acid Analysis 45

2.2.9 Ornithine carbamyl transferase assay 48

2.2.10 Glutamate dehydrogenase assay 48

CHAPTER 3. GROWTH AND MONOCLONAL ANTIBODY

PRODUCTION

3.1 Introduction

3.1.1 Parameters of Growth 49

3.1.2 Relationship of Growth Rate to Product Formation Rate 53

3.1.3 Growth, monoclonal antibody production and the cell cycle 56

3.1.4 Process Analysis Techniques 60

3.2 Investigation of Growth and Monoclonal Antibody Production

3.2.1 Growth and monoclonal antibody production By PQX Bl/2 in 62

serum-supplemented medium

3.2.2 Nutrient assimilation by PQX Bl/2 in batch culture 73

Page 7: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

3.2.3 Growth and Mab Production in Serum-Free 83

CHAPTER 4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION USING MATERIALS

BALANCING

4.1 Introduction

4.1.1 The use of materials balancing 94

4.1.2 The concept of material balancing 95

4.2 Materials Balance Description of Growth and Monoclonal Antibody

Production by PQX Bl/2

4.2.1 Gas Analysis of PQX Batch Culture 97

4.2.2 Derivation of a Materials Balance Equation 103

CHAPTER 5. NITROGEN METABOLISM

5.1 Introduction

5.1.1 Amino Acids and Animal Cells in Culture 109

5.1.2 Transport of Amino Acids across Membranes 111

5.1.3 The Role of Vit B6 in Amino Acid Metabolism 113

5.1.4 Amino Acid Catabolism 113

5.1.5 The Urea Cycle 114

5.1.6 Carbon Skeleton of Amino Acids 116

5.1.7 Anabolism of Amino Acids 117

5.1.8 Formation of Amino Acid Amides 117

5.1.9 Physiological Effects of Ammonia on Animal Cells. 118

5.2 Assimilation of Ammonia by PQX Bl/2

5.2.1 The Role of The Urea Cycle 120

5.2.2 15N-NMR Studies of Ammonia Assimilation 121

5.2.3 Determination of glutamate dehydrogenase activity in PQX Bl/2 126

v

Page 8: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

5.3 Amino Acid Utilisation 128

5.3.1 Factorial Determination of Important Amino Acids 129

5.3.2 Elimination of Individual Amino Acids 139

5.3.3 Elimination of "Essential" Amino Acids 146

CHAPTER 6 . FINAL DISCUSSION 151

CHAPTER 7. CONCLUSIONS 158

CHAPTER 8 . FUTURE EXPERIMENTS 160

APPENDICES 1-4 xiv

APPENDIX 5 Backcover

REFERENCES xxxvi

v i

Page 9: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

FIGURES Pg

1.1 Basic structure of an Immunoglobulin molecule 10

1.2 Gene rearrangements of the regions of the mouse 12

immunoglobulin heavy chain

1.3 The production of murine hybridomas from a B cell/ 16

myeloma fusion

2.1 A modified Fuch-Rosenthal Haemocytometer slide 33

2.2 Dilution series for the determination of Mab 42

titre of standard and samples by ELISA

2.3 An example of a chromatogram for the determination 47

of amino acid concentration of a standard solution

3.1 A typical growth curve for a microbial batch culture 52

3.2 The Leudeking-Piret Model 56

3.3 The cell cycle of cultured cells 57

3.4a The growth curve of PQX Bl/2 in batch culture 63

3.4b The determination of specific growth rate from the 64

change in biomass.

3.4c Determination of specific growth rate from the viable 64

cell count.

3.4d Volumetric production of Mab by PQX Bl/2 in batch 66

culture, and the major peak in product formation rate.

3.4e The relationship between specific growth rate and 67

product formation rate.

3.4f A Leudeking-Piret plot to show the association of 68

specific growth rate and product formation rate.

3.4g Complex kinetics of production of penicillin 69

3.4h The volumetric change in glutamine concentration 70

and the rate of utilisation

3.4i The major peaks ammonia production and ammonia 71

assimilation, compared to the major growth period

v i i

Page 10: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

3.5 The phasic nature of nutrient assimilation

3.6a Growth curve for PQX Bl/2, showing the increase

in viable cell count, and the specific growth rate

3.6b The displacement in time of the peak in specific

growth rate and product formation rate

3.6c The major peaks in the utilisation of glutamine,

the major peaks in ammonia production rate and

apparent assimilation

3.7a The data from Bree et al (1988) and the determination

of a period of apparent ammonia assimilation

3.8a The volumetric change in Isoleucine concentration

and the rate of utilisation

3.8b The change in volumetric concentration of alanine,

and the rate of production

3.9a The change in glucose concentration and the

major peak in utilisation rate

3.9b The increase in lactate concentration as glucose

concentration decreased

3.10a The growth curve of PQX Bl/2 hybridomas adapted

to serum-free medium.

3.10b The volumetric production of Mab by PQX Bl/2 cells

adapted to serum-free medium, and the rate of

—product formation

3.10c The relationship between specific growth rate and

product formation rate in PQX Bl/2 hybridomas

adapted to serum-free medium.

3.10d The change in ATP production

3.10e The change in adenylate charge

3.10f A trajectory plot to show the relationship

between specific growth rate, energy charge

and Mab production.

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

80

81

85

86

87

90

91

91

v i i i

Page 11: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

4.1

4.2a

4.2b

4.2c

4.2d

4.2c

4.2f

5.1

5.2

5.3a

5.3b

5.3c

5.3d

5.4

5.5

5.6a

5.6b

Components and uses of materials balancing

The typical growth curve for the PQX Bl/2 hybridomas

showing the increase in viable cell count and the

specific growth rate

The production of Mab, and major peaks in product

formation rate

The relationship between specific growth rate and

product formation rate

The change in respiratory quotient

The change in dissolved oxygen tension

The change in air flow rate

The urea cycle: intermediates and enzymes

the fate of the carbon skeleton of amino acids

The growth curve of PQX Bl/2 hybridomas in the

presence of ImM NH4C1

The production, of Mab by cells grown in the

presence of ImM NH4C1, and the major peak in

product formation rate

The assimilation peaks of ammonia during a batch

culture of hybridomas grown in the presence of

ImM NH4C1.

The cyclic coupling of glutamate dehydrogenase to

alanine aminotransferase

GDH activity was at a minimum between the peaks in

NH3 assimilation

The Plackett-Burman matrix

The growth curve for the control flask containing

all the amino acids

The growth curve of the control with all the amino

acids omitted

96

99

99

100

101

101

102

115

116

122

123

124

125

127

130

141

141

i x

Page 12: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

5.7a Volumetric Mab production for the control flask 142

containing all the amino acids

5.7b Volumetric Mab production for flask 6 (minus SER) 143

5.7c Volumetric Mab production for flask 7 (minus PRO) 143

5.7d Volumetric Mab production for flask 13 (minus OHP) 144

5.7e Volumetric Mab production for flask 15 (minus GLY) 144

5.7f Volumetric Mab production for flask 17 (minus GLU) 144

5.7g Volumetric Mab production for flask 19 (minus ASP) 145

5.7h Volumetric Mab production for flask 20 (minus ASM) 145

5.8a Growth Curves of Flasks with and without the 147

"non-essential" amino acids

5.8b Mab production in flasks with and without the 148

"non-essential" amino acids

5.8c The glucose utilisation of flasks with and without 149

the "non-essential" amino acids.

5.8d The production of lactate from flask and without 150

"non-essential" amino acids.

x

Page 13: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

TABLES Pg

1.1 Basic medium components and their function 3

1.2 Problems associated with the use of 4

serum-supplementation in cell culture medium

1.3 Advantage and disadvantages of serum-free 6

media for hybridomas

1.4 Examples of products from animal cell cultures 7

3.1 The difference in amino acid assimilation between 89

serum-free and serum-dependent cells.

4.1a Consumption and appearance of major reaction 105

components between 20 and 23 hours.

4.1b Consumption and appearance of major reaction 107

components between 45 and 45 hours.

4.1c Proposed feed formulation for a fed-batch culture 108

based on the materials balance equations

5.1a Amino acid transport systems 112

5.2 Appearance of 15N labelling in a PQX Bl/2 bioreactor 125

batch culture supplemented with ImM 15NH4C1

5.3a Viable counts for flasks 1-24 134

5.3b Ranking of amino acids:growth 135

5.3c Mab titre for flask 1-24 137

5.3d Ranking of amino acids: Mab production 138

5.4a Amino acid deletions 140

5.4b Labelling of flasks and amino acid omissions 142

6 A summary of proposed events of the phasic culture 155

in relation to the cell cycle.

xi

Page 14: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

ABBREVTATTONS

ADP Adenosine diphosphateALA AlanineALT Alanine aminotransferaseAMP Adenosine monophosphateARG ArginineASN AsparagineASP AsparatateATP Adenosine triphosphateerr CitrullineCYS Cyst(e)inedl Decilitre(s)DNA Deoxyribonucleic acidEC Energy chargeELISA Enzyme linked immunosorbent assayg Gravitational force (when used in terms of centrifugation)g Gram(s)G6PDH Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenaseGDH Glutamate dehydrogenaseGLN GlutamineGLU GlutamateGLY GlycineGS Glutamine synthetaseh'1 per hourHK HexokinaseHIS HistidineHPRT Hypoxanthine phosphoribosyl transferaseIg Immunoglobulin1 Litre(s)ILE Isoleucinea-KG alpha-ketoglutarateKi Inhibition constantKs Saturation constantLEU LeucineLYS LysineM MolarMET MethionineMab Monoclonal antibodymg Milligram(s)mM MillimolarNAD Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotideNADH Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (reduced form)NMR Nuclear magnetic resonanceml Millilitre(s)

Page 15: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

OCT Ornithine carbamyl transferaseOHP HydroxyprolineORN OrnithinePRO ProlineRPMI Roswell Park Memorial Institute MediumSDS Sodium dodecyl sulphateSER Serinerpm Revolutions per minuteTRY TryptophanTYR TyrosineVAL ValineIjl Specific growth rateHg Microgram(s)

Page 16: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 ANIMAL CELLS IN CULTURE

1.1.1 The History

A mammalian body is composed of millions of cells, each of which

contains one to three million genes. In differentiated tissues only a limited sub­

set of the phenotypic potential is expressed.

Using a whole animal therefore, makes determination of the multiplicity

of metabolic reactions occurring in a particular cell very difficult. Developments

in cell culture techniques however, provide a means of investigating cellular

metabolism more fully. Culturing a particular cell type enables its’ physiology

and response to stimuli to be studied.

The earliest reports of maintenance of explanted tissue in vitro came in

the late nineteenth century, when chick embryo tissue was maintained in warm

saline for a few days (Roux, 1885). Work by Harrison (1907) stimulated

interest, with a study on growth of nerve cells in lymph clots. Subsequent work

(Burrows, 1910; Carrel and Burrows, 1911; Lewis and Lewis, 1912), led to

refinement of amino acid and salt composition in culture media containing

clotted lymph or plasma as growth promoting substances.

The first demonstration of serial propagation was by Rous and Jones

(1916). They dispersed chick embryo cells from tissue, grew them in a plasma

clot, redispersed using trypsin and showed subsequent regrowth of the cells.

This early work demonstrated that tissue physiology could be investigated by in

vitro culture techniques.

Work during the following three decades revealed that the cellular energy

requirements of cells in culture could be met by glucose (Lewis, 1922;

Warburg, 1930) and/or deamination of amino acids (Holmes and Watchom,

1927; Warburg and Kubowitz, 1927). Development of media with defined

1

Page 17: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

components (Earle et al, 1951; Fischer et al, 1948; Morgan et al, 1950; White,

1949) culminated in the determination of essential amino acid and vitamin

requirements of several mammalian cell lines (Eagle, 1955a; 1955b). Indeed,

modifications of these early media are still used extensively today.

1.1.2 The Nutrition of Animal Cells in Culture

Basic Nutritional Requirements

The functions of cell growth medium may be defined as:

a) to maintain suitable physiochemical conditions (eg pH and osmolarity)

and

b) to provide nutrients for synthesis of cell biomass and products and to

meet energy requirements.

A nutrient may be defined as "a substance which enters the cells and is

utilised as a metabolic substrate or co-factor" (Lambert et al, 1985). Anything

else needed for cellular proliferation is normally classified as a supplement,

including all undefined additives such as serum. Indeed, a complete medium can

be considered theoretically, to be composed of two distinct parts:-

i) a basal nutrient medium that satisfies all cellular (maintenance)

requirements for nutrients and

ii) a set of supplements that satisfy other types of cellular growth

requirements and make the growth of cells in basal medium possible

(Ham, 1984).

The term nutrient is usually assumed to exclude substances whose roles

are primarily regulatory, such as hormones and growth factors, despite the fact

that such substances often enter cells and undergo catabolism. Attachment

factors, extracellular matrix-and carrier proteins are also generally not classified

as nutrients, although the carrier proteins often promote cellular multiplication

by making nutrients such as iron and lipids more readily available to the cells.

2

Page 18: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Inorganic ions however play major roles that fall outwith the definition of a

nutrient, such as maintenance of membrane potentials and osmotic balance. The

basic medium components and their functions are shown in Table 1.1.

Table 1.1

COMPONENT

Inorganic ions

Trace Elements

Amino Acids

Vitamins

Carbohydrates

Lipids

Basic Medium Components and Their Function

EXAMPLES FUNCTION

Na, K, Ca, Mg,

PO/, HCO3-, Cl,

Maintenance of osmotic

potentials, buffering, cofactors

for enzyme reactions.

Co, Cu, I, Fe,

Mn, Mo, Zn, Se,

Cr, Ni, V, As, Si

F, Sn

Elimination of free radicals,

cofactors.

Arg, Gin, Met, He

Leu ...Energy sources, precursors for

many intermediates in metabolism

Protein synthesis.

A, D, C, E, K,

B group

Cofactors

Glucose, fructose

galactoseEnergy sources, glycolytic

intermediates

Linoleic acid

Cholesterol,

Oleic acid

Membrane integrity

Energy sources

3

Page 19: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Serum

Serum is required for the growth of most diploid cells in culture, and

established cell-lines are usually cultured in a basal nutrient medium

supplemented with serum. It provides hormones, growth factors, nutrients and

binding proteins, most of which are needed for the survival and proliferation

of many cell- lines. In the absence of serum, cells become arrested in the

G0/G1 phase of the cell cycle. Upon re-addition of serum, DNA synthesis and

cell growth are stimulated (Yoshikura et al, 1967) and the final cell density will

depend on the serum concentration used (Holley and Kieman, 1971). The most

commonly used serum supplements are commercially prepared foetal bovine

serum, new bom calf serum or horse serum, at concentrations of 0.5-30%.

Serum is a complex mixture of diverse factors, many of which can have

multiple effects; being growth stimulating for some cell types and growth

restrictive for others (Chiang et al, 1984). Furthermore, these factors and the

pathways through which they function can act synergistically or antagonistically

in a cell-type dependent manner, to influence control of differentiation or

proliferation. There are many disadvantages associated with the use of serum

supplementation (Table 1.2) (Glassy et al, 1988).

Table 1.2 Problems Associated With Use of Serum Supplementation

in Cell Culture Medium

1. Variability in composition (important in GMP processes)

2. High cost and periodic scarcity

3. Source of contamination (mycoplasma, bacteriophage)

4. Source of toxins

5. Modification of cell surfaces by adsorption/incorporation of serum proteins

6 . Prevents definition of nutritional environment

7. Interference in product purification

8 . Complicates interpretation of experiments.

4

Page 20: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Investigating the effects of growth factors on proliferation and

differentiation of specific cell types, and on dissection of signal transduction

pathways involved in this regulation further illustrates the increasing necessity

to control of the culture environment more precisely. Towards this many

laboratories have developed serum-free media that support proliferation of various

cell types.

Serum-Free Media

Most serum-free media contain many of the ingredients of serum-

supplemented medium. Serum is substituted by combinations of trace elements,

lipids, hormones, growth factors, and purified proteins. Many commercially

available serum-free media are only partially defined for two reasons:-

1. for commercial purposes (patents)

2 . because the supplements are not completely defined

eg transferrin and albumin.

Most serum-free media are applicable to only a few cell-lines due to

differences in nutritional requirements. It is becoming increasingly important,

especially from an industrial perspective, to have a completely defined medium

which can be optimised for each particular cell line; preferably protein-free, but

this is not possible for many cell lines. It is possible for serum-dependent cell

lines to be weaned into serum-free medium, but this process can take from

several days to several months before "normal" growth is achieved. This

variability in the time taken to achieve serum-free adapted cells makes it very

diffic ult to adhere to good manufacturing practice (GMP). Which in turn

complicates the licensing of products, and obtaining FDA approval.

The advantages of serum-free media are outlined in Table 1.3.

5

Page 21: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Table 1.3 Advantages and Disadvantages of Serum-Free Media for

Hybridomas

ADVANTAGES

1. Consistent and chemically defined composition

2. Improves reproducibility of cell culture growth and product yield

3. Decreases potential of contamination

4. Reduces difficulty and cost of product purification

5. May provide cost savings with a low protein serum-free formulation

6 . In research context, enables elucidation of nutrient exchange profiles.

DISADVANTAGES

1. Requires optimisation for each hybridoma cell line

2. Applicable serum-free media have not been developed for all cell lines

3. May require serum hormones and growth factors which are difficult to

isolate or purify

4. Frequently results in longer lag phase

5. Cell growth rate, maximum cell density and cell viability are often lower

6 . Protease inhibitors (present in serum) not present to help protect cells

from enzymes such as trypsin

1.1.3 Production and Application of Animal Cell Products

Original tissue culture work focused on the growth of tissues and the

study of their physiology. Enders (1949) showed that poliomyelitis virus could

be grown in primary cell culture. This not only developed the use of cell

culture but also facilitated developments in virology. Large scale use of cell

culture techniques has since provided a means of viral vaccine production. The

6

Page 22: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

importance of mammalian cell culture increased with studies of cellular and

structural function of cells in tissue culture. These studies led to the production

of an array of medical, veterinary and agricultural products which would not

be possible by other means. Major developments facilitated this production, such

as the advent of monoclonal antibody (Mab) production from hybridomas,

constitutive expression of useful therapeutic proteins from continuous cell lines,

and improvements in culture product purification (Kluft et al, 1983; Lazar et

al, 1987; Phillips et al, 1985). The potential for production of proteins from

mammalian cells has been greatly increased by development of techniques for

expression of recombinant proteins in mammalian cell lines (Bebbington and

Hentschel, 1985; Lubiniecki, 1987; Ringold et al, 1981), indeed many more

products are presently undergoing registration and development (Galante, 1989).

Examples of the products from animal cell culture are presented in Table 1.4.

Table 1.4 Examples of Products From Animal Cell Cultures.

1 VIRAL VACCINES

2 RECOMBINANT VIRAL ANTIGENS

3 IMMUNOREGULTAORY PROTEINS

4 MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES

5 POLYPEPTIDE GROWTH FACTORS

6 ENZYMES

7 HORMONES

8 VIRAL INSECTICIDES

9 TUMOUR SPECIFIC ANTIGENS

10 ANIMAL CELLS AS PRODUCTS

The market for Mabs, cytokines, enzymes, immunoprophylactics and

hormones derived from animal cells is set to increase considerably (Spier, 1990).

There is considerable competition between animal cells, engineered

7

Page 23: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

prokaryotes and lower eukaryotes, as production systems for recombinant

proteins. Engineered bacteria and yeasts do not carry out post-translational

modification of animal proteins in the same way as animal cells. Such proteins

can be unfolded and modified synthetically, but the cost advantage of using

bacteria is lost by the necessity to use large quantities of chemicals (Cartwright

and Crespo, 1990). These chemicals may pose a major disposal problem. A

potential competitor to animal cells, as a method of recombinant protein

production may come from transgenic animals. Foreign genes expressed in these

animals leads to secretion of recombinant proteins into their milk or blood

stream. The first large transgenic animals to achieve the status of ’quasi­

bioreactor’ were sheep. These transgenics secrete human factor IX (a-l-

antitrypsin) into their milk. Although expression levels are low, factor IX does

seem to be active, and the trait heritable (Van Brunt, 1988). However there are

many hurdles to negotiate before transgenic animals could replace animal cell

cultures for commercial large-scale recombinant protein production (Spier, 1990).

Indeed, the commercial success of current products from mammalian cells in

culture, and the promise of future developments suggests that animal cells will

be the recombinant protein production method of choice for the foreseeable

future.

1.2 HYBRIDOMA TECHNOLOGY

To facilitate an understanding of the problems and processes associated

with production, use and potential (economic and clinical) of monoclonal

antibodies (Mab), comprehension of the basic structure and function of the

humoral branch of the immune system is useful. A brief account only will be

presented as there are many very detailed texts (Male et al, 1989; Roitt, 1988).

8

Page 24: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response

Substantial knowledge of the functioning of the mammalian immune

system has developed over the past century. The first evidence of the ability

of the body to defend itself against microbial invasion came in the nineteenth

and early twentieth centuries (McCullough and Spier, 1990). During the past

twenty to thirty years this knowledge has expanded to give a detailed

biochemical and immunochemical insight into the structure and function of the

antibody molecule, the division of the immune system response to foreign

material (antigen) into acquired and innate mechanisms, and the genetic control

of antibody diversity.

Antibodies or (Immunoglobulins) are secreted by plasma cells

(differentiated B lymphocytes) in response to the presence of an antigen (Ag).

The specific affinity of an antibody (Ab) may not be for the entire

macromolecular Ag but for a particular site on it called the antigenic

determinant or epitope. Most small foreign molecules do not stimulate antibody

formation alone but are able to, if attached to macromolecules such as proteins,

polysaccharides or nucleic acids. The macromolecule is then the carrier of the

attached chemical group, which is called the haptenic determinant.

The Antibody Molecule

The basic structure of an antibody (immunoglobulin) was revealed by

Porter in the 1960’s using enzymatic degradation of globulin fraction isolated

from serum.

The antibody molecule is made up of two identical heavy and two

identical light chains held together by interchain disulphide bonds. The exposed

hinge region in some Ig’s is extended in structure due to high proline content

and is therefore vulnerable to proteolytic attack. The molecule can be split by

papain to yield two identical fragments, each with a single combining site for

antigen (Fab; fragment binding antigen), and a third fragment which lacks ability

9

Page 25: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

to bind antigen and is termed Fc (fragment crystallisable). Pepsin acts at a

different point, and cleaves the Fc moiety from the remainder of the molecule

to leave a large fragment which is formulated as F(ab^ since it is still divalent

with respect to antigen recognition sites (paratopes) like the parent molecule

(Figure 1.1).

\ HEAVY, . C H A IN

Vh

'hi

papain

•pepsin

Ch.

Fc

Figure 1.1 Basic structure of an immunoglobulin molecule, showing the

sites of cleavage with papain and pepsin into F(ab)2/Fc and

Fab/Fc regions respectively. Also shown are the variable (V)

and constant (C) domains of the light (1) and heavy (h) chains.

10

Page 26: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Studies of myeloma proteins allowed further elucidation of

immunoglobulin structure. Sequencing a number of myeloma proteins revealed

that N-terminal portions of both heavy and light chains shows considerable

variation, whereas the remaining parts of the chain are relatively constant. These

regions are referred to as variable (V) and constant (C) (Figure 1.1). Within

V domains are hypervariable regions within which the major idiotopes of the

antibody molecule reside. The idiotopes, which are most important in Ab-Ag,

reactions are located within the paratope, or combining site. It is the uniqueness

of the idiotopes which determines the uniqueness of each antibody molecule: the

idiotype.

Based on the structure of the heavy chain constant regions (C„),

immunoglobulins can be classified into classes or isotypes, for example IgG,

IgA, IgM, IgD, IgE .

The idiotype differentiates each antibody molecule, whereas an isotype

differentiates an antibody class (and sub-class). Antibody structure is relevant to

hybridoma technology and monoclonal antibody production since it is under

genetic control.

In any one antibody molecule, only one of two types of light chain is

found; either K or L, coded for by the Vk, V„ Ck, and C, genes (Roitt, 1988).

Isotypic determinants for the class of antibody are found on CH and are coded

by genes Qz, Cô, Ct, Ce or Co? (McCullough and Spier, 1990). The genes

responsible for these C region sequences reside in specific locations on the

chromosome, such that gene rearrangement will result in defined class switching

(McCullough and Spier, 1990). One gene from each of the two chromosomes

is spliced to give the synthesis of one Ig. The arrangement of isotype gene loci

and which class switches occur are shown in Figure 1.2. Only these switches

occur, because they result from gene deletions and hence cannot be reversed.

The deletions (switching) occurs only in one of the chromosomes.

11

Page 27: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

VHi — VH < 300 Di—►0<2o Ji — c5 Cy3 Cy1 Cy2b Cy2a C£ C0_ q . _ — Q - -Q -— -Q— -CHHH] C Z H Z Z H Z Z IH Z Z h D H Z Z H Z H Z

gene reassortmentIone one one

J c c cVh 0 6 S3 |~| S i

transcription, inter-gene splicing

translation

gene splicing

translation

gene splicing

IgM

=Zh igE

Permissible isotype switches:

IgM — -► IgD; igG3; IgG,; ig G *

IgD — ■— igG3; igG,; ig G * ; ig G *

lgG3 igG1( igG2ü; igG2a; igE;

igGi igG2b. igG *; igE; IgA

ig G a — IgG *; IgE; IgA

igG2a - — IgE; IgA

IgE — — IgA

lgG2a; IgE; IgA

IgE; IgA

IgA:

Figure 1.2 Gene arrangements of the regions of the mouse

immunoglobulin heavy chain. The figure shows how

through re-assortment and splicing, the

immunoglobulin isotype is selected, and which

switching is permissible (From Hood et al, 1984).

12

Page 28: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The Antibody Response

B-lymphocytes develop in bone marrow and foetal liver, and have the

genetic potential to produce Ab to an antigenic determinant.

Antibodies are synthesised according to the clonal selection theory

(Burnett, 1957) and the network theory (Jeme, 1974). Each B-lymphocyte is

programmed to make only one antibody which it places on its outer surface to

act as a receptor. When an Ag enters the body it is confronted with an array

of lymphocytes all bearing different antibodies, each with its own individual

recognition site. Ag will only bind to those receptors with which it makes a

good fit.

The majority of B-cells are quiescent, that is they are in GO phase of

the cell cycle. Activation of B-cells involves a shift into G1 phase, prior to

DNA synthesis (S phase) and then proceeds through G2 phase towards cell

division. Three phases of B-cell activation can be distinguished, each requiring

separate signals:-

i) a signal which moves the cell from GO to G1

ii) a second signal which initiates DNA synthesis. Once this is complete the

cell is normally committed to division and

iii) a group of factors causing the proliferating cells to mature into antibody

forming cells.

When Ag binds, which cross-links the immunoglobulin receptors, the

receptors migrate to a small area or pole on the cell surface (’capping’). This

initial signal supplied by Ag moves the cell from GO to Gl. The Ag-stimulated

(capped) B-lymphocyte, will, depending on conditions of stimulation, follow one

of two differentiation pathways which results in the production of either memory

cells (morphologically indistinguishable from the original B-cell), or major Ab-

secreting cells (plasma cells). Since lymphocytes are programmed to make only

one antibody, that secreted by the plasma cell will be identical with the original

13

Page 29: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

lymphocyte receptor. The constant region of the antibody may alter during

differentiation of the lymphocyte clone, but the variable region retains its

singular specificity. The origin of this specificity is complex and involves not

only extensive rearrangement of DNA sequences in the chromosome which codes

for the Ab chain but also some degree of somatic mutation during development

(Tonegawa, 1983).

To prevent simultaneous synthesis of too many different antibody

molecules, lymphocytes which are triggered by contact with Ag undergo

successive waves of proliferation to build up a large clone of plasma cells

producing Ab. Clones tend to persist after the disappearance of Ag and retain

the capacity to be stimulated if the Ag reappears. This provides for

immunological memory and quick response to infection.

1.2.2 B-Cell Hvbridomas

History

The technique of cell fusion, or hybridisation has many practical

applications. It has proved to be a major tool in determining which human

chromosome codes for specific gene function by means of the analysis of

isoenzyme patterns produced by a panel of clones from human-rodent fusions

(Ruddle and Kuchelaral, 1974). In addition it has been used to characterise the

dominant and recessive nature of malignancy by means of fusions of normal

cells with malignant cells (Croce et al, 1974).

The first hybridoma production was reported by Sikovirs et al (1970) in

which virus-specific lymphocytes were fused with tumour cells. Several other

reports were subsequently published (Bloom and Nakamura, 1974; Schwaber

and Cohen, 1974).

Kohler and Milstein (1975) developed somatic cell fusion techniques to

produce continuous cultures of specific antibody-producing cells. They fused

splenic B-cells which secrete antibody and have a finite life span, with immortal

14

Page 30: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

myeloma cells (tumorous B-cells). The progeny hybrid-myeloma, or "hybridoma'',

has the unlimited proliferative capacity of one parent together with the specific

antibody producing capacity of the other. The technique they developed has

become widely used. Only a brief outline will be given since the literature

provides a plethora of detailed descriptions (Epstein and Epstein, 1986; Coding,

19831

The Technique

An animal (usually a mouse) is immunised with the Ag of interest,

although in vitro immunisation techniques are also used (James and Bell, 1987).

Spleen cells are removed and gently disrupted to form a cell suspension.

In the body, the major Ab secreting cells are plasma cells (1.2.1),

however plasma cells are of little use in the generation of hybridomas. The

plasma cell is too differentiated, and its genes which code for proliferation

repressed, and thus would probably form unstable hybridomas when fused with

myelomas (McCullough and Spier, 1990). Precursors of the plasma cell which

can also secrete antibody (at a lower level) would appear to be a better fusion

partner for production of stable Ab secreting hybridoma cells. These plasma cell

precursors are committed to Ab production, unlike the resting B-lymphocyte

parent in which much of the Ab synthesising genes are under repression. Stahli

et al (1980) have shown that blast-cells, two to three times the size of the

resting B-lymphocyte, are the most efficient at yielding Ab-secreting hybridomas.

These Ab-producing cells are fused with a cultured myeloma cell line.

The original myeloma used by Kohler and Milstein (1975), MOPC-21 secreted

IgGi, with kappa light chains. This meant that mixed molecules of IgG

containing light and heavy chains from both MOPC-21 and spleen cells were

found.

Since Kohler and Milstein’s work several myeloma cell lines have been

produced which do not secrete antibody. These cell-lines include SP2/0-Agl4

(Shulman et al, 1978), X63-Ag8-653 (Kemey et al, 1979), and NS0/1 (Galfre

15

Page 31: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

et al, 1981). Of these the X63-Ag8-653 is probably the cell line of choice

because it is widely available, has a high fusion frequency and is easy to grow.

The fusion of myeloma and B-cell takes place in the presence of a

"fusogen", a substance which increases cell membrane permeability and promotes

membrane fusion. Kohler and Milstein used Sendai virus as a fusogen, but this

has largely been replaced by polyethylene glycol (Davidson et al, 1976, Galfre

et al, 1977). More recently electrofusion has been used (Zimmerman, 1982), but

there is doubt whether any real advantage, such as increased fusion efficiency,

is obtained (Ah-Sing, 1990).

The result of the fusion is a mixture of parent cells; hybrids of each

parent to itself, and hybrids between one parent and the other. It is therefore

necessary to transfer and grow the cells in conditions that allow only the B-

cell/myeloma hybrid to grow (Figure 1.3).M O US E IMMUNISED

G U U T U B E O M Y E L O M A

H Y Bm O O M A S SE LECTED

WITH HAT MEDIUM

ASSAY FOB AIUTIBOASSAY FOB A N TIBO DYICLONE BBOOUCEBS

Figure 1.3 The Production of Murine Hybridomas From a B-Cell/

Myeloma Fusion

16

Page 32: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The cells are transferred to HAT medium (Littlefield, 1964) which is

supplemented with hypoxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine. Aminopterin is a

folate antagonist which blocks de novo synthesis of purines and pyrimidines.

Cells which possess the enzyme hypoxanthine phosphoribosyl transferase (HPRT)

can synthesize purine and pyrimidines by a salvage pathway which utilises

hypoxanthine and thymidine, and therefore bypasses aminopterin inhibition.

Myeloma cells are selected so that they are HPRT deficient, and therefore

die if de novo purine and pyrimidine synthesis is blocked by aminopterin.

Spleen cells can use the salvage pathway, but are mortal and can only survive

in culture for a few days. Therefore, under this selection pressure, only

successful B-cell/myeloma fusions (hybridomas) will survive.

Hybridoma cells can be screened for Ab secretion by radioimmunoassay

(RIA) or enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). Any positive cells can

be cloned by means of limiting dilution such that one cell is present in each

well of a microtitre plate. These single cells usually require the addition of

macrophage feeder layers to provide growth factors for cellular division.

Selective cloning of hybridoma cells for enhanced immunoglobulin production can

also be performed using flow cytometric cell sorting and automated laser

nephelometry (Marder et al, 1990).

1.2.3 Applications of Monoclonal Antibodies

One of the most striking features of the immune response is the very

wide range of specificities that can be elicited by different Ags. This has not

only made it a fascinating biological system to study, but has also allowed the

development of reagents with precise specificities for a wide range of

applications in biology and medicine. The diversity of the response means that

even small amounts of impurities often produce unwanted antibodies. These are

difficult to remove and cause problems, for example when the anti-serum is

used with complex Ag mixtures. The techniques for making Mab developed by

Kohler and Milstein allows the preparation of pure Ab from impure Ag

17

Page 33: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

mixtures. This has facilitated serological analysis of many biological systems,

previously inaccessible due to the extreme difficulty of preparing pure Ag in

sufficient quantities.

Mab have therefore found a wide range of uses in veterinary and clinical

fields, including diagnosis, tumour imaging, therapeutics, immunopurification, and

basic research.

Despite antibiotic therapy and other advances in patient management,

infection still remains a major cause of human morbidity and mortality. The

adaptive ability of microorganisms to develop resistance to antibiotics, to

undergo antigenic change and to exhibit unexplained changes in virulence, poses

challenging problems to those involved in management of bacterial and viral

infections. The potential of Mab technology in meeting these challenges has

resulted in devotion of considerable effort to development of Mab which can be

used in diagnosis and therapy of infectious diseases.

Diagnosis

Mab produced in mice are most commonly used in diagnosis. The

advantage of Mab over conventional sera is the availability of Mab of standard

titre for an indefinite period of time. This simplifies the direct comparison of

results between different laboratories. The speed and accuracy of diagnosis has

been increased because of the high specification of Mab. Thus Mab can be used

to assay common serum analytes such as growth hormone (Bundersen et al,

1980; Stuart et al, 1983), prolactin (Stuart et al, 1982), progesterone (Fantl et

al, 1982) and testosterone (Kohen et al, 1982). Other serum proteins which can

be assayed include interferon (Secher, 1981), alkaline phosphatase (Mayer et al,

1982), and insulin (Storch et al, 1987).

A very large number of Mab have been produced to a wide range of

viruses such as influenza (Gerhard et al, 1981), hepatitus A (Coulepis et al,

1985), hepatitus B (Fujita et al, 1986), polio (Ferguson et al, 1982), Epstein

Barr virus (Hoffman et al, 1986) and rabies (Wiktor and Koprowski, 1979).

18

Page 34: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The high specificity of Mab has led to accurate differentiation between similar

strains of virus such as Herpes simplex types I and II (Pereira et al, 1980;

and development of antigenic fingerprinting for diagnosis of foot and mouth

disease virus (McCullough and Spier, 1990). Mab have recently been described

which exhibit in vitro neutralisation of HIV-1 Ag (Fung et al, 1987; Matsushita

et al, 1988; Skinner et al, 1988; Thomas et al, 1988). This may have obvious

important implications in the diagnosis and therapy of HIV infected patients. In

addition to serving as probes for viral Ag, Mab can be used to purify viruses

or viral Ag for use as diagnostic reagents or as viral vaccines.

In bacteriology uses for Mab have centred on:

i) identification of specific Ag’s and grouping, typing and sub-typing for

epidemiological, taxonomic and evolutionary studies.

ii) elucidation of an antigenic role in virulence and other aspects of

antigenicity.

iii) studies of the relationship of Ag to transport of material into and out of

the bacterial cell and other biochemical functions.

iv) diagnostic and therapeutic aspects of bacterial infection.

Mab have been used for the diagnosis of Streptococcal infections (Pollin,

1980), leprosy and gonorrhoea (Buchanan, 1984). In addition Mab to bacterial

toxins have been generated (Kozbor, 1982; Remmers, 1982), but only anti

"gram-negative endotoxins" are in clinical trial (James, 1990).

The considerable potential of Mab in the study of parasitic diseases has

already been widely exploited in those most common, such as malaria (Yoshida

et al, 1980), Schistosomiasis (Taylor and Butterworth, 1982), Leishmania

(McMahaon-Pratt, 1981) and Chargas’s disease (Sher et al, 1982).

The advantages are, not only the obvious diagnostic ones but also, that

the study of the disease itself may be undertaken in greater depth, since many

different surface Ag’s may be expressed at varying stages of the life cycles of

the parasite (Rowe, 1980).

Mab can also be used in tissue typing (Broski et al, 1979).

19

Page 35: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Tumour Imaging

Radiolabelled polyclonal antibodies have been used to locate human

tumours by immunoscintigraphy. Polyclonal antibodies have inherent batch to

batch variation and can recognise several epitopes on complex molecules. Some

of these epitopes are likely to be shared with other related molecules found in

normal tissues. The defined specificity of Mab may provide the precision

required for effective tumour imaging.

Labelled mouse and rat Mab have been used for to locate tumours in

patients with breast cancer (Rainsbury et al, 1983), colorectal cancer (Farrands,

1982) and ovarian cancer (Eperietos, 1982). Mab can be used not only for

detection of primary tumours, but also for monitoring and management of the

disease and therapy. These techniques for detection of primary and secondary

tumour growth can be applied in the study of other disease states where

abnormal tissue or serum components are a characteristic feature. Examples of

this include cardiology (Haber et al, 1982), and autoimmune disease

(Schoenfield, 1983).

Therapeutics

Most of the Mab with therapeutic application have been raised in mice.

Murine Mab have the disadvantage of being foreign to the human immune

system and likely to lose efficacy on continual application as a host response

is mounted. This host response itself may be harmful to the patient leading to

"serum-sickness". Human Mab’s have obvious advantages over murine Mab’s

but the huge potential will not be realised until the considerable problems in

production are overcome. These problems include poor secretory capacity and

relative instability of immortalised human B cells compared with murine

hybridomas.

20

Page 36: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

However murine hybridomas have been shown to be of value in the area

of bone marrow allogenic or autologous transplants. Mab can be used to reduce

graft-versus-host disease (Prentice et al, 1984), or to remove leukaemic cells

from autografts (Kemshead et al, 1986). There are other means by which Mab

can be applied in the treatment of neoplastic disease. These include passive

therapy, either cytotoxic or regulatory in nature; and use of cytotoxic Mab

immunoconjugates (including conjugates) to radioisotopes, chemotherapeutic

agents, and natural toxins (Hillman and Royston, 1984). There are a number

of additional therapeutic approaches under development, which include use of

bispecific Mab to selective concentrated drugs and effector cells at tumour sites

(James, 1990), and antibody directed enzyme therapy (Bagshawe, 1987). The

success of Mab in therapy thus far has been limited, but will undoubtedly

increase with production of human Mab.

Another area in which Mab therapy may prove increasingly useful is in

the management of drug overdoses and poisoning whether inadvertent or

intentional. Availability of Mab to paraquat, individual snake venom, insect

toxins or mycotoxins may also prove clinically useful. Such antibodies could

either be administered intravenously or, the poison removed by extracorporeal

circulation employing a solid-phase column to which the Mab had been linked

(James, 1990).

Immunopurification

In principle it should be possible to immobilise any Mab on an affinity

column and use it obtain large quantities of the required Ag from crude

mixture. The Mab needs to survive repeated cycles of binding, and acid (or

base) treatment to allow elution, and re-use of a given column. High affinity

antibodies obtained after hyperimmunisation regimes, cannot be used since they

frequently bind Ag with such firmness that the complexes cannot be dissociated.

Mabs have found wide application in immunopurification of clinically

important molecules such as tissue plasminogen activator, factor VIII, factor IX,

21

Page 37: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

human growth hormone, follicle stimulating hormone, and various interferons

(Jack et al, 1987).

There are two main areas in which immunopurification can be improved

and expanded :

i) preparation of high capacity antibody columns

ii) development of antibody-based separation technique for handling large cell

numbers.

Basic Research

Mab can in principle resolve a single protein from a complex mixture,

indeed a single epitope responsible for a specific function of a complex

macromolecule. They have already been widely used in basic enzymology, in

nucleic acid structural studies, and in analysis of hormone receptors. Mab may

prove particularly valuable in studying chromosomal proteins and more

specifically those responsible for determination of cell phenotype.

1.2.4 Monoclonal Antibody Production Systems

The impact of Mabs on the field of in vitro diagnosis is such that the

U.S. market of $59 million in 1983 (Reuveny and Lazar, 1989) is expected to

increase to $500 million by the end of 1990 (Karkare et al, 1985). It is

expected that Mab for use in affinity purification, in vivo imaging and

immunotherapy will be required in kilogram quantities (Birch et a/,1985; Karkare

et al, 1985). Indeed the total U.S. market for Mab’s is estimated to reach

$1.9 billion by late 1990 (Karkare et al, 1985). This huge economic potential

has resulted in considerable effort being made to develop efficient methods for

large scale production of Mabs.

There are two basic alternatives for large scale production of Mabs. One

approach is an in vivo method in which hybridoma cells are injected into the

22

Page 38: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

peritoneal cavity of immunodeficient mice. Within ten to twenty days injected

cells form tumours which secrete Mab into ascites fluid. This fluid contains

Mab which can be collected periodically from the peritoneal cavity. Each mouse

produces 5-10ml of ascites fluid containing l-10mg/ml of Mab. The main

advantage is that small quantities of highly concentrated Ab can be made easily

without special equipment and technology. However the product is contaminated

with pyrogens and foreign mouse IgG. This makes purification and quality

control more difficult and expensive. Scale-up involves thousands of mice which

becomes labour-intensive and very expensive. The ethical considerations in

subjecting 10,000-40,000 mice to the discomfort of an ascites tumour for

production of 1 kilogram of Mab, become increasingly important.

In the second approach, cells are propagated in vitro in an artificial

medium, and Ab is harvested from culture supernatant. Whist the in vitro

method produces Mab at a lower concentration (10-200/tg/ml in batch cultures)

than in vivo method (Reuveny and Lazar, 1989), the product is pyrogen-free,

contains only small quantities of contaminating proteins, and can be produced

in large volumes. Using bioreactors also opens up a wide range of possibilities

for culture manipulations to increase efficiency.

Hybridomas can be propagated in homogenous culture in several modes:

batch/modified batch, continuous and perfusion.

Batch and Modified-Batch Culture

In simple batch culture operation temperature, pH and dissolved oxygen

tension (d02) are usually controlled, but nutrients (eg glucose and glutamine)

are depleted and inhibitory waste products (eg lactic acid and ammonia)

accumulate. Thus propagation slows and eventually stops, and cell yield is

limited (Reuveny and Lazar, 1989). Batch culture yields the lowest cell densities

in a given growth medium compared to perfusion systems. Specific Mab

production tends to vary during the course of the batch culture. Both cell

density and Mab production are affected by depletion of essential nutrients due

23

Page 39: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

to consumption and accumulation of toxic metabolites (Reuveny and Lazar,

1989). The growth of hybridoma populations in batch culture can be studied in

a similar manner to bacterial growth. After inoculation of a small population

of hybridoma cells into a suitable medium, there is a lag phase, followed by

an exponential increase in population density after which growth ceases

(stationary phase). The cells then enter a death and lysis phase. A more detailed

description of the growth and production kinetics of hybridomas will be given

in chapter 3.

A more sophisticated approach to cultivating hybridomas is by fed-batch.

In this mode of cell propagation, cells usually reach a higher concentration and

viability is maintained for longer periods than in simple batch culture, resulting

in extended Mab production. In hybridoma fed-batch culture, growth is not

limited by nutrient depletion, but rather by waste product accumulation. Bacterial

cultures in contrast are ultimately limited by oxygen limitation, which has led

to the development of cyclic fed-batch culture.

Continuous Culture

Continuous culture differs from batch and modified batch in that it

provides an opportunity for maintaining steady-state culture conditions by a

continuous medium feed. The culture is generally started as a batch system

and medium feed is initiated during exponential phase of growth. Steady state

conditions, in which accumulation rate equals washout rate, results in a constant

biomass concentration.

In a chemostat, the medium flow rate is maintained so that the dilution

rate (D) is less than the maximum specific growth rate (in order to prevent cell

wash-out).

A continuous culture offers a number of advantages for large scale Mab

production. Once established, a continuous culture can be maintained at high cell

density and high Mab production for several months compared with a batch

culture which only lasts a few days (Birch et al, 1985). An important pre­

24

Page 40: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

requisite for successful continuous production systems is that the hybridoma cell-

line be stable in terms of cell growth and antibody secretion. The exponential

cultivation period that characterises continuous culture may exert a selective

pressure against cells which synthesise a product such as Mab, which is

basically non-essential and may be considered as an unnecessary metabolic

burden. One would expect a non-producing variant to appear in the culture and

become predominant. Another disadvantage of continuous culture is vulnerability

of the system to contamination after long periods of operation, requiring the use

of antibiotics, although this can be overcome by system design.

Perfusion Systems

In contrast to continuous culture, in which a steady-state is maintained

by continuous dilution of the culture, in a perfusion system the cells are

physically retained in the container, such that continuous fresh medium is added

while spent medium is removed, without dilution of the cell culture.

Unlike the chemostat, the cell concentration in this system constantly

increases until it becomes limited at high cell densities by contact inhibition.

Perfusion systems have several advantages; the cells are grown in relatively

small volumes of culture enabling high cell densities and concentrated product

to be achieved. In many systems, cells can be perfused with culture medium

in a vessel separate from the cell growth chamber, where coarse environmental

adjustments can be made (such as a high rate of sparging), before returning the

medium to the culture vessel. Other advantages reported are; improved

productivity (per cell), better utilisation of growth medium, lower concentration

of serum in growth medium, and reduced exposure of Mab to proteases

(Reuveny et ti/,1986).

The major problems encountered are:-

i) difficulties in operating special devices for continuous separation of cells

from growth medium during culture. This is true mainly of homogenous

systems in which filters, used for this purpose, tend to block.

25

Page 41: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

ii) difficulties in supplying nutrients, especially oxygen to the cells, in high

density perfusion culture. This problem is more serious in non-

homogenous systems in which nutrient gradients are generated in the cell

growth chamber.

iii) the system is rather complex; thus there are increased chances for

contamination or mechanical failure.

1.2.5 Factors Affecting Mab Production

There are numerous factors which have an effect on the production of

Mab in vitro. These include Mab production kinetics, growth medium,

environmental factors, stability of Mab, and shear sensitivity of cells.

Kinetics of Mab Production

Several types of production kinetics for Mab production by hybridomas

in batch culture have been described (Merten et al, 1985). A description of

these kinetics, their significance and application will be discussed in chapter 3.

Growth Medium

The nutritional requirements of animal cells in culture is described in

1. 1.2 .

Generally the composition of the growth medium does not affect the rate

of Mab production directly but rather indirectly by affecting cell growth

(Tharakan et al, 1986). However, there are several publications showing a direct

effect of growth medium composition on Mab production rate (Cleveland, 1983;

Lebhertz, 1987; Roberts, 1976; Rupp, 1985).

A modified medium for Mab production containing a 2-fold concentration

of amino acids was used by Rupp (1985). He found that cell density was not

affected by this medium. However Mab production increased from 200/xg/ml to

26

Page 42: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

about 1,100 jitg/ml, indicating that some amino acids limit production.

Environmental Factors

Environmental factors such as pH, d02, and temperature drastically affect

hybridoma cell growth. The optimal range for these parameters are:-

In general those levels which are optimal for growth are also optimal for

Mab production (Boraston, 1984; Emery et al, 1987; Fleishaker, 1986; Rudge,

1987; Wergeland, 1987). However in several instances, it has been found that

optimal concentrations for cell growth are not always necessarily optimal for

Mab production. Reuveny et al (1986) found that the highest cell density of a

certain hybridoma propagated in a stirred reactor is obtained at d02 equivalent

to 60% air saturation, while the highest titre of Mab was obtained at 25% air

saturation. A similar phenomenon was reported with other hybridomas propagated

in a split-flow reactor (Phillips et al, 1987).

It was reported that pH in the range of 6.8 to 7.2 did not affect Mab

production (Reuveny et al, 1986), while other work (White et al, 1987) showed

that 7.3 was optimal for Mab production. Miller et al (1986) showed that

specific Mab production is higher at pH 6.8 and 7.7 than from 7.1 to 7.4.

Merten et al (1985) found that cells maintained at a temperature below

37°C led to increased genetic instability of human hybridomas, but did not affect

the rate of Mab production. At 34°C however, Mab production is drastically

decreased compared to 37°C (Reuveny et al, 1986).

pH

d02

Temperature

6.9 - 7.5

40%

37°C

27

Page 43: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Antibody Stability

There is some evidence that over a period of days, Mab produced by

hybridomas in stirred fermenters, undergoes degradation; probably as a result of

proteolytic enzymes released from dead cells, or present in some of the culture

medium components (Jeme, 1963; Tharakan et al, 1986). Rudge et al (1987)

have shown that, in their system, acid protease is present in continuous culture

but not present in batch culture. Macmillan et al (1987) showed that IgG

produced by certain hybridoma cell lines may be degraded during large scale

production in bioreactors. The Ab concentration measured by ELISA during

production peaked at 4 days and then declined, following, in general, the cell

growth curve. If however, the Ab was assayed by radialimmunodiffusion (RID),

productivity appeared to rise continuously throughout the 8 day fermentation

period. The difference can be explained if fragmented Ab could not bind Ag

in the ELISA but could react with Ag in the less sensitive RID reaction, which

because of the nature of the reaction is not dependent on the integrity of single

reaction sites.

"Shear" Sensitivity

Compared to microbial cells, animal cells, (which lack rigid cell walls),

are more sensitive to, and can be damaged by, hydrodynamic forces. The

hydrodynamic sensitivity is often referred to as "shear" sensitivity.

Hybridoma cell lines vary in their sensitivity to shear forces, a

characteristic that becomes an important factor when cells are grown in agitated

cultures for Ab production. Dodge and Hu (1986) tested the effect of

mechanical agitation on the growth and Mab production of a particular cell-line.

They reported that the growth of a specific hybridoma was reduced at agitation

rates of 240rpm indicating hybridomas are only sensitive to excessive mechanical

agitation. Bâcher et al (1986) tested cell damage in stirred reactors with marine

impellors and found no noticeable effect on cell viability at 170rpm. Fazekas

28

Page 44: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

de St Groth (1983) found that in serum-free medium impellor speed had to be

kept below 60rpm to prevent damage to hybridoma cells.

The sensitivity of hybridomas to shear and the classification of cells as

"fragile" or "shear sensitive" is contested as a myth by some workers (Handa-

Conigan, 1990). Work by Handa-Corrigan et al (1989) has shown that the

damage apparently caused to cells by sparging is due to formation of unstable

foams and the disengagement of bubbles from the surface of the culture. Two

mechanisms of cell damage have been proposed:

i) damage due to rapid oscillations caused by rapidly bursting bubbles (eg

in media containing antifoam)

ii) damage due to entrainment of cells in draining liquid film as found in

unstable foams (eg media with low serum or protein concentration).

They proposed that this damage could be minimised by addition of

surface active agents such as pluronic F-68 or high serum and protein

concentrations. This may act as a cell protecting agent by reducing film

drainage, and bubbles bursting in the vicinity of the cells.

Recent work by Al-Rubeai et al (1990), has shown that DNA synthesis

is inhibited under intense dynamic stress, while cellular metabolic activity

increases. This increase is thought to feed repair mechanism; indeed sub-optimal

temperature and nutrient deprivation may inhibit these mechanisms, causing

increased susceptibility to hydrodynamic stress.

1.3 THE AIMS OF THE WORK

The economic and clinical importance and potential of Mab production

by hybridomas have been illustrated. The systems employed to produce them are

becoming increasingly complex through attempts at process intensification.

Bioreactors have been increasing in size with concomitant increases in production

and costs.

There is obviously a limit to the size of production reactors, so

alternatives must be explored.

29

Page 45: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

One way of increasing production with a corresponding increase in

productivity and profit, is to modify the cell to produce more Mab. In order

to do this there must be a greater understanding of basic physiological processes

involved in cell growth and product formation. This would enable key metabolic

pathways to be targeted and also possibly key enzymes, which may then be

amplified or inducibly regulated.

Considering the commercial and social importance of Mab’s, there has

been comparatively little work in hybridoma physiology. The aim of this work

therefore, is to investigate and develop an understanding of physiological

processes underlying hybridoma growth and Mab production. This will hopefully

facilitate improvement of large scale Mab production processes.

30

Page 46: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

2 . MATERIAL AND METHODS

2.1 CELL CULTURE

2.1.1 The Cell-Line

The cell line used in this study was PQX Bl/2, a gift from ICI

Pharmaceuticals. It is a hybridoma derived from a polyethylene glycol fusion of

B ALB/C mouse spleen cells with X63-Ag-8.65.3 myeloma. The B ALB/C mouse

was immunized with paraquat conjugated to ovalbumin with Freund’s complete

adjuvant (used to stimulate cell-mediated immunity).

The myeloma used does not synthesise light or heavy chains and thus

the Mab secreted by the hybridoma is a true Mab.

Paraquat is a bipyiiylium herbicide produced by ICI. It is used in many

countries throughout the world and is safe when used properly. There have,

however, been several hundred fatalities attributed to paraquat poisoning. This

has been mainly due to ingestion of the concentrated commercial product for

suicidal purposes .

ICI have developed hybridoma cell-lines, which produce anti-paraquat

antibodies in an attempt to detoxify the herbicide’s effect in mammalian systems.

The idea came from published work showing successful Ab therapy in digoxin

poisoning (digoxin is a cardiac glycoside). Anti-paraquat antibodies have been

shown to bind and neutralise paraquat in vitro (Wright et al 1987), but not, as

yet, in vivo.

The PQX Bl/2 hybridoma was used in this study as a model system for

investigating physiological aspects of Mab production in hybridomas.

2.1.2 Sterilisation Procedures

All heat-stable solutions, and empty glassware were sterilised before use

for cell culture purposes by autoclaving at 121°C/15psi for a minimum of 15

31

Page 47: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

minutes depending on the presence and volume of liquids. Heat-labile solutions

were filtered through 0.22jwm pore-size filters. Volumes of less than 50ml were

filtered, using disposable Flowpore-D 0.22^m (Flow Laboratories) filters attached

to syringes (Sabre). Volumes from 50-500ml were filtered using disposable filter

units (Flow laboratories). The basal medium for fermenters was filter-sterilised

using Sartobran Capsule 0.45pm, 0.2/zm filters (Sartorius).

The tissue culture flasks, pipettes, centrifuge tubes (upto 50ml) were

bought as sterile disposable units.

2.1.3 Cell Counting

Viability and cell concentration of cultures were determined by means of

the dye exclusion principle. This technique is based on the observation that the

surface membrane of living cells is able to selectively exclude certain substances

whereas dead cells allow them to enter freely, enabling viable and non-viable

cells to be distinguished. The dye used was Erythrocin B (Sigma) and was

kept as a stock solution of 0.04% v/v in 0.15M NaCl.

A 0.2ml aliquot of cells was diluted by addition of 0.4ml of Erythrocin

B solution. Cells were visualised microscopically on a modified Fuchs-Rosenthal

haemocytometer. Live cells have a transparent/blue appearance whereas dead cells

retain the dye and are red in colour. The total number of cells of each type

contained within the five squares indicated in Figure 2.1 were counted. Both the

grids on the haemocytometer were counted, and the average used. Viability and

viable cell number were determined using the following equations:

Vc = V x d x 103 Where: Vc = Viable cell number per

Tc = (V + NV) x d x 10

% VIABILITY = Vç x 100 Tc

ml of culture Tc = Total number of cells per

ml of culture V = Number of viable cells per

gridNV = Number of non-viable

cells per grid d = Dilution factor

32

Page 48: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

,v Figure 2.1 A modified Fuch-Rosenthal Haemocytometer Slide, with

the squares used for counting shaded. This is an

example of one of several types of haemocytometer

currently used in animal cell culture

33

Page 49: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

2.1.4 Dry Weight Analysis

Filter discs, 47mm in diameter, GF/C (Whatman), were dried by heating

in a microwave oven for 3 minutes at full power (600 watts). The filter discs

were removed using plastic forceps, placed in a dessicator to cool and then

weighed on a 5-figure balance. Individual filters were washed by immersion in

a solution of 1% Tween 80 (Sigma) in MQ, then carefully placed in the filter

holder (Millipore). Two mis of MQ water were added and a vacuum applied.

Each filter was washed twice with 2x1 Omis of MQ. For analysis, 30mls of cell

suspension was carefully added to the filter and a gentle vaccuum applied (to

prevent biomass being forced through the membrane or causing tears and hence

an underestimation of the weight). Filters were then washed three times by

addition of 3xl0mls of 0.9% w/v NaCl in MQ. The test filter was then

carefully removed, transferred to a petri-dish lined with filter paper (No 1,

Whatman),(to prevent the filter sticking to the petri-dish when dry), and dried

by heating in the microwave for two, three minute heating cycles on full

power. The filters were allowed to cool in a dessicator for 10 minutes and re­

weighed. The analysis was performed in duplicate, and a control using sterile,

cell-free medium was employed. A 500ml bottle containing cold water was

included in each heating cycle to act as a heat sink. The dry weight was

determined as follows.

Dry Weight (mg/ml) = (Wf - WO - (Control)

Volume of Sample

Where Wf = Final weight of sample

Wi = Initial weight of sample

34

Page 50: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

2.1.5 Culture Media

The cell-line was routinely cultured in the RPMI 1640 (Gibco BRL))

supplemented with 2mM L-glutamine (Gibco BRL), 0.15% sodium hydrogen

carbonate (sodium bicarbonate) and 10% heat-treated equine serum (Imperial

Laboratories) (Appendix 1A), unless otherwise stated. Bulk RPMI 1640 medium

for large scale work was prepared in 10 litre volumes from RPMI 1640 powder

supplied without glutamine or sodium bicarbonate (Gibco BRL). The RPMI

powder (101.2g) was added to 5 litres of MQ Water containing 4.5ml of

concentrated HC1, to facilitate the dissolution of the powder. Sodium bicarbonate

(15g) was added and the pH increased to 7.1 by addition of NaOH (5M). One

litre of phosphate buffer (50mM, pH 7.1, Appendix IB) was added, the volume

increased to 6.9 litres with MQ and the solution mixed thoroughly using a

magnetic stirring bar. This basal medium was then used for bioreactor

experiments (2.1.7).

2.1.6 Cell Passaging

Cells were sub-cultured (passaged) at late log-phase or every 2-3 days

depending on the growth and viability. The cell suspension was gently agitated

and the flask tapped lightly on the bench to mix the suspension, and dislodge

any cells which may have adhered to the bottom or sides of the flask. Viable

cell number and viability were determined as described (2.1.3). Cell suspension

was pipetted into a sterile conical bottomed centrifuge tube (Falcon Plastics) and

centrifuged at 200g for 5 minutes. The supernatant was discarded and the cells

gently resuspended by aspirating, in a small volume of pre-warmed (37°C) fresh

medium. This suspension was then transferred to a tissue culture flask

containing an appropriate volume of pre-warmed medium, such that the cells

were at a final viable cell concentration of 2 x 107ml of medium. Flasks were

then incubated at 37°C in a 5% carbon dioxide, humidified atmosphere.

35

Page 51: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

2.1.7 Large Scale Culture

In a number of experiments, 101 batch cultures were carried out in a

bioreactor. In each case, the experiments were conducted in a similar way.

Individual modifications are discussed in the relevant chapter.

An LH 2000 series 141 bioreactor, 101 working volume, (LH

Fermentation) was employed.

The culture vessel, including air filters, associated ’addition’ lines and

sampling device, was sterilized by autoclaving (30 minutes at 15 psi/121°C).

Basal medium (6.91, Appendix 1C) was filter-sterilised into the vessel and 11

of heat-treated equine serum (Imperial Laboratories), together with 100ml of L-

glutamine (200mM, Gibco BRL) added separately, aseptically.

An inoculum of 2 litres of cells of high percentage viability, at a viable

cell density of IxlOVml was introduced into the bioreactor. The culture was

continuously stirred using a pitched-blade impellor, mechanically driven at

200rpm. Temperature was maintained at 37°C by a thermocirculator. The culture

was oxygenated by sparging with air, controlled by a mass-flow meter (Hi-Tec)

to maintain the d02 at 40% air saturation, measured using an Ingold d02 probe.

pH was measured using an electrode (Ingold) and maintained at 7.1 by addition

of acid (1M HC1) or alkali (1M NaOH). pH stability was enhanced by the

presence of 5mM phosphate buffer in the medium. Oxygen and carbon dioxide

were measured on-line using paramagnetic and infra-red meters respectively.

Foaming was prevented by manual addition of a sterile 10% v/v solution of

Silicone Antifoam C (Sigma) in MQ.

The first sample was taken 1 hour after inoculation to ensure thorough

mixing of the culture. Samples (100ml) were then taken thereafter every 4-6

hours as required, and the viable, total-cell densities and viability determined.

In addition, samples of culture (containing cells), and cell-free supernatant, after

centrifugation at 400g for 5 minutes, were prepared and frozen at -20°C for

future biochemical analysis and determination of Mab titre.

36

Page 52: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

2.1.8 Sterility Testing

Bacteria and Fungi

All cultures were checked for bacterial and fungal contamination on

revival and regularly during routine passaging. Media components and complete

media were also checked.

An aliquot of medium or cell supernatant was centrifuged at 1630g for

10 minutes. The pellet was resuspended in 1ml of supernatant and 0.1ml

volumes of this used to inoculate the following in duplicate: nutrient agar

(Unipath), Sabouraud’s dextrose agar (Unipath), tryptone soya broth (Unipath),

and thioglycollate broth (Unipath). One set was incubated at 37°C and the other

at 25°C, for 14 days. Sterility media were examined at intervals for any

bacterial or fungal growth.

All sterility media were prepared according to standard recipes and

manufacturers recommendations.

Mycoplasma

Periodically cultures were sent to the European Collection for Animal

Cell Culture (ECACC), at CAMR, Porton Down, to be checked for mycoplasma

contamination by Hoersct staining and specialist culture techniques.

2.1.8 Crvopreservation

Cell Freezing

Cells were harvested by centrifugation at 80g for 5 minutes. The pellet

was resuspended in freezing mix (Appendix ID) at 10 x 105 viable cells/ml.

This suspension was then aliquoted in 1ml volumes into sterile, labelled,

cryotubes (Nunc). The tubes were sealed, and placed in a polystyrene box at

-70°C for 12-18 hours. (This gives the required slow freezing rate of about

rc/minute). The ampoules were then stored in the vapour phase of a liquid

nitrogen vat (Union Carbide). After 48 hours one vial was revived to check

viability.

37

Page 53: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Cell Revival

A cryotube was carefully thawed as quickly as possible in a 37°C water

bath. The contents were pipetted into a sterile 30ml plastic universal (Sterilin),

and 10ml of pre-warmed growth medium (Appendix 1A) added dropwise. The

cells were harvested by centrifugation at 100g for 5 minutes, and resuspended

in lOmls of medium in a 25cm2 tissue culture (TC) flask (Flow). This was

incubated at 37°C in a humidified, 5% C02 atmosphere for 24 hours, after

which the cells were passaged at 3 x 105 cells/ml until the viability exceeded

80%. Cells were then passaged routinely as described previously (2.1.5).

2.2 BIOCHEMICAL METHODS

2.2.1 SDS Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (PAGE)

PAGE is a technique whereby proteins may be separated from each other

upon the basis of their molecular weight. Proteins are first dissociated into

peptide sub-units by sodium dodecyl sulphate (SDS), and take on a negative

charge due to SDS binding (Homes, 1981). All the polypeptides therefore have

the same charge density and thus migration through the gel and subsequent

separation will depend only upon size.

Polyacrylamide gel is the result of polymerization of acrylamide

monomers into long chains which are in turn cross-linked by N,N’ Methylene

bisacrylamide. This polymerisation is initiated by the formation of free radicals

from ammonium persulphate by N,N,N, ’N’-tetramethylenediamine (TEMED). The

polymerisation is inhibited by oxygen and so all solutions must be degassed

prior to use.

Polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of purified Mab was carried out based

on the method of Laemmli (1970) (Appendix 2A).

38

Page 54: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

2.2.2 Lowrv Protein Assay

In this assay, based on the method of Lowry et al (1951), protein reacts

with the Folin-Ciocalteau reagent to give a coloured complex. The colour, so

formed, is due to the reaction of alkaline copper with protein and reduction of

phosphomolybdate by tyrosine and tryptophan in the presence of protein. The

intensity of the colour depends on the amount of the aromatic amino acids

present and will thus vary for different proteins (Appendix 2B).

2.2.3 Affinity Purification of Anti-Paraquat Mab

The pH was adjusted to 2.5 by addition of HC1 (1M), and the volume

increased to 11 with MQ.

Cell-free supernatant (100ml) from a 3-day culture was circulated through

10ml of paraquat-AH-Sepharose (ICI) packed in a 20ml syringe (Sabre), at 0.5ml

min'1 at 4°C, over a period of approximately 2>l/i hours. The column was then

washed with PBS containing NaCl (1M) at a flow rate of 1ml min'1 until no

more protein could be detected in the eluent, and then washed quickly with PBS

containing NaCl at 0.15M. Finally the Mab was eluted with glycine buffer at

a flow rate of 0.5ml min'1. The protein concentration of each 0.5ml fraction

was estimated by determination of the optical density at 280nm. Fractions

containing significant concentrations of protein were pooled and the pH adjusted

to 7.0 with tris buffer. Benzamidine (Sigma), a protease inhibitor, and

Reagents

Glvcine/HCl buffer (0.5M, pH 2.5)

Glycine (BDH)

MQ

75.07g

to 800ml

Protocol

39

Page 55: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

thimerosal (BDH) a bacteria inhibitor, were added to final concentrations of

lO^cM and 0.1% (w/v) respectively. The mouse IgG content of the pooled

fraction was assessed by ELISA (2.2.4), as below but using Sheep anti-mouse

IgG (Sigma) to coat the plates and Mouse IgG (Sigma) as the standard. The

protein concentration of the fraction was determined by the Lowry method

(2.2.2) and the purity by SDS-PAGE (2.2.1). Under non-reducing conditions a

single band at 150kD was observed, whilst under reducing conditions single

bands at 50kD and 25kD molecular weight were observed representing heavy

and light chains.

Anti-paraquat Mab was stored in 10jA aliqouts at -20°C.

2.2.4 Enzvme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA)

Reagents

Phosphate Buffered Saline. PBS (xlO concentrate!

NaH2P04

Na2HP04

NaCl

MQ to 11

2.97g

11.5g

85.Og

Wash Buffer

PBS (X10)

Tween 20 (Sigma)

MQ to 11

1ml

100ml

40

Page 56: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Coupling Buffer

NaCl 0.9g

NaHC03 2.93g

NagCOg 1.06g

MQ to 11

Substrate Buffer

Glycine solution 0.5M pH 10.4 20.0ml

ZnCl2 (Sigma), 0.1M 1.0ml

MgCl2 0.1M 1.0ml

MQ to 100ml

Substrate

Alkaline Phosphatase (Sigma) 1 mg/ml in substrate buffer

Paraquat-BSA Antigen

Paraquat-BSA (Kent University) diluted to 5/zg/ml in coupling buffer.

IgG conjugated to alkaline phosphatase

Anti-mouse IgG conjugated to alkaline phosphatase (Sigma) diluted 1:1000-

4000 (Depending on batch) in wash buffer.

Murine Anti-Paraquat Antibody

Affinity purified Murine Anti-Paraquat antibody (2.2.3)

diluted to 1/xg/ml in wash buffer.

Protocol

Paraquat-BSA antigen (50 jul) was added to each well of a 96-well

microtitre plate (Nunc Immuno I), which was covered in aluminium foil and left

41

Page 57: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

at 4°C overnight. The plate was first washed by immersing 3 times in wash

buffer,, patted dry and. then 50^1 of wash buffer was added to each well,.,

followed, by 50/d. of sample or standard added (in duplicate) to wells in column

’A’. A double dilution series was carried out across the plate (Figure 2.2), after

which the plate was incubated at 37°C with gentle agitation for 1 hour.

1 2 3 4 5 s % s s na 11 12

(§) O O o 0 o o o o o o oO o o 0 o o o o o o 0

© o o o 0 o o o o o o o© o o 0 o o o o o o o 0© o o o 0 o o o o o o o© o o O' o o o o o o o o© o o o 0 0 o o o o o o© o o' o 0 o o o o o o o

SERIAL D ILU TIO N i------------ >-

S-standard

T- samples0,2,3,etc

Figure 2.2 The dilution series for the determintion of of Mab

concentration of standard and sample by ELISA

The plate was then washed 4 times and dried as before. 50^1 of anti­

mouse IgG conjugate was added to each well, the plate covered and incubated

as before.

42

Page 58: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Excess conjugate was removed by washing 5 times and drying. 50/d of

substrate was added to each well and the plate incubated for a further 30-60

minutes and then "read" at 410nm using a plate reader (Dynatech) with the

reference beam set at 630nm. A calibration curve was constructed from the

standard results and the sample Mab concentrations determined.

2.2.5 Glutamine and Ammonia Determination

In order to measure the concentration of glutamine in cell culture

supernatants it is necessary to convert the glutamine to glutamate and ammonia,

via glutaminase (EC 3.5.1.2) action. The pH (optimum for glutaminase is 4.9)

is increased to alkaline on completion of the reaction thus converting ammonium

ions into free ammonia which can be measured by an ammonia electrode. The

method is based on that of Thorpe (1989) (Appendix 2C).

2.2.6 Lactate Assay

Lactate is a waste product of metabolism in mammalian cell culture. The

classic method for determination of lactate was first applied to blood by Wolf

(1914), and subsequently assays have been developed involving titration and

photometric measurement. It was not until the advent of enzymatic assays that

the sensitivity and specificity could be greatly enhanced.

The assay protocol used routinely for the measurement of lactate was the

Sigma procedure No 826-UV (Sigma Chemical Co.), based on a technique first

used by Henry (1968) (Appendix 2D).

This method utilises the enzyme lactate dehydrogenase (LDH, EC

1.1.1.27) which reversibly catalyses the conversion of pyruvate to lactate, in the

presence of nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD+) and its reduced form

NADH. To measure lactate production excess NAD+ is required to convert

lactate to pyruvate.

43

Page 59: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Thus:-

NADH + PYRUVATE— LACTATE + NAD+

To force the reaction to completion the pyruvate formed is trapped by

the presence of hydrazine. The assay detects the increase in absorbance at

340nm due to the accumulation of NADH. This increased absorbance is directly

proportional to the concentration of lactate in the sample.

2.2.7 Glucose Determination

Glucose concentrations in cell-free supernatants were determined using a

Cobas-Bio glucose analyser (Roche) in conjunction with UNI-KIT III (Roche)

reagents.

The concentration of NADH formed according to the equations below,

is directly proportional to the glucose concentration and is determined by

measuring the absorbance at 340nm.

D-glucose + ATP — D-glucose-6-phosphate + ADP

D-glucose-6-phosphate + NAD+ - G61>DH»d-gIuconate-6-phosphate + NADH

+ H+

Protocol

Glucose standard solutions of SOOmgdl'1, 300mgdU and lOOmgdl"1 were

prepared and aliquoted into the reagent tray. The reaction vial was reconstituted

in 20ml of MQ and 5ml added to the reagent tray. The reagent tray was

inserted into the analyser and glucose concentrations determined. If the standard

concentrations were within 5% of their prepared concentration, the results were

recorded. Results outside this were rejected and the samples repeated.

44

Page 60: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

2.2.8 Amino Acid Analysis

Introduction

The amino acid concentrations in culture supernatants were analysed using

the Waters PICO.TAG Amino Acid Analyser system. It is an automated gradient

liquid chromatography designed for analysis of amino acids.

The method involved 2 steps:

1. pre-column derivatisation of the sample

2. analysis by reverse phase high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC).

In the first stage the samples are derivatised with phenylisothiocyanate

(PITC) to produce phenylcabamyl (PTC) amino acids.

R I

+ NH2— C H —COO*

Amino Acid

S RI I

- NH— C — NH—CH— COO

PTC Amino Acid

In the second stage the amino acids are separated using a CIS column

and their elution detected at 440nm.

Reagents

Eluent A

Sodium Acetate trihydrate (BDH) 19g

MQ 1000ml

Triethylamine, T.E.A., (Aldrich) 500/d

— N = C = S

PITC

45

Page 61: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The pH of the solution was adjusted to 6.40 with glacial aceitic acid (BDH)

and filtered through a 0.22/xM Millex-GS filter (Millipore). To 940ml of filtered

solution 60ml of Acetonitrile (HPLC grade, FSA) was added.

Eluent B

Acetonitrile (HPLC grade, FSA) 600ml

MQ 400ml

The solution was degassed by sonicating under vacuum for 20 seconds.

Sample diluent

Na^HPCL (BDH) 710mg

MQ 1000ml

The pH was titrated to 7.4 with 10% phosphoric acid (BDH) and acetonitrile

added to give a final concentration of 5% by volume.

Redrying Mix

Methanol (FSA)

MQ

T.E.A. (Aldrich)

Derivatisation Reagent

Phenylisothiocyanate (Pierce)

MQ

T.E.A. (Aldrich)

Methanol (FSA)

Protocol

Derivatisation

25^1 of sample or standard (Food Hydrolysate Standard, Sigma) was

pipetted into a labelled glass culture tube (Bibby-Sterilin). A "blank" of 0.1M

50^1

50^1

50/d

350/d

100/d

100/d

50/d

46

Page 62: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

HC1 was included. The samples were loaded into a vacuum vial and a vacuum

pulled gently. The samples were allowed to dry for 30-45 minutes. 10/d of

redrying mix was added to each tube. The solutions were vortexed to mix and

returned to the work station for drying (approximately 30 minutes).

20 /d of derivatisation solution was added to each redried sample, the

contents mixed by vortexing, and incubated at room temperature for 20 minutes.

The samples were dried as before (approximately 45 minutes) and resuspended

in 100/d of sample diluent. The samples were loaded into "WISP" sampling

vials and analysed.

Analysis

The samples were analysed using a "Nova-Pak" CIS (Waters) HPLC

column and the concentration of amino acids determined by comparison of peak

area and retention times with standards (Figure 2.3).

id.

G.

U _ J y v

15O

R E T E N T I O N T I M E CminJ

Figure 2.3 An example of a chromotogram for the determination of

amino acid concentration of a standard solution

47

Page 63: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Each peak of the chromatogram corresponds to an individual amino acid,

and has a specific retention time, which is used in the identification of the

peaks. The area under the peaks is proportional to the concnetration of that

amino acid. The retention times and peak areas of samples can therefore be

compared to standards and the cocnetrations of the amino acids determined.

2.2.9 Ornithine Carbamvl Transferase Assay (EC 2.1.3.3)

The method used is based on that of Ceriotti (1985) (Appenidx 2E). The

ornithine carbamyl transferase (OCT) is measured by determination of citrulline

formed per time unit according to the following equation:

Carbamoyl-P + Ornithine — Citrulline + Pi

The equilibrium of the reaction lies on the side of citrulline. Citrulline

is determined by the highly sensitive diacetylmonoxime-antipyrine reaction which

results in a chromophore, the optical density of which is measured at 460nm.

Interference by urea is eliminated by inclusion of urease in the reaction mix.

Each sample has its own "blank" to correct for citrulline already present.

2.2.10 Glutamate Dehydrogenase Assay (EC 1.4.1.3)

Glutamate dehydrogenase (GIDH) is measured by following the oxidation of

NADH according to the following equation:

2-Oxoglutarate + NADH + NH4+ —DH» L-Glutamate + NAD+ + H20

The equilibrium of the GIDH reaction is greatly in favour of glutamate

formation and thus measurements of catalytic activity are performed with 2 -

oxoglutarate and N H / as substrates, and NADH as a coenzyme. The decrease

in absorbance due to NADH oxidation is a measure of GIDH catalytic activity.

The method is based on that of Schmidt and Schmidt (1985) (Appendix 2F)

48

Page 64: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

3. GROWTH AND MONOCLONAL ANTIBODY PRODUCTION

3.1 INTRODUCTION

3.1.1 Parameters of Growth

Population and Specific Growth Rates

The growth of animal cells in culture can be considered in a similar

way to bacterial growth. Indeed, the principles used to describe mammalian

cell culture systems are based upon microbial culture theory. Two sets of

factors influence the growth of cells in culture: intracellular factors and

extracellular factors. Intracellular factors include structure, metabolic mechanisms

and the genetic material of the cell, whilst the extracellular factors include

dissolved oxygen tension, pH, osmolality, temperature, efficiency of mixing,

shear forces and nutritional environment (1.1.2).

The pre-requisites for growth of biomass in a culture are:

i) a viable inoculum

ii) energy sources

iii) nutrients to provide essential material from which biomass can be

synthesised

iv) absence of growth inhibitors

v) suitable physiochemical conditions

If all these requirements are satisfied then in a batch culture, during an

infinitesimally small time interval (dt), the increase in biomass (dx), will be

proportional to the amount (x) present initially and to the time interval.

dx/dt = /ix (1)

dx = /tx.dt (2)

49

Page 65: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The differential expression dx/dt is the rate of biomass increase. The

parameter fi, defined as the rate of increase of population per unit of population

(dx/dt) (1/x), is termed the specific growth rate and has the dimension of

reciprocal time (1/t).

Thus:

fi — dx.l (3)

dt x

Metabolic Quotient

The rate of consumption of a substrate in a culture at a particular

moment is given by:-

-ds/dt = qx (4)

Where x is the biomass and the coefficient q is known as a metabolic quotient

or specific metabolic rate (unit of substrate/unit of biomass/unit time).

Effect of Substrate Concentration on Growth Rate

The substrate concentration has virtually no effect on growth rate if its

concentration is large compared to the value of the saturation constant. Thus

Michaelis-Menten enzyme kinetics can be used to describe the substrate

consumption, if s is the substrate consumption and q is the metabolic quotient,

then:-

q = Qm ( s \ (5)\ K + s)

Where k, is the saturation constant and is equivalent to the Michaelis-Menten

constant, and q^ is the maximum value of q obtained when s > k* .

50

Page 66: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

If q = ju/Y and Qm = /^/Y (where Y is the growth yield, dx/ds),

are substituted into equation (5) then:-

t* An I s( s + K

This equation is referred to as the Monod equation, since Monod (1942)

first showed mathematically that the expression described the relationship between

bacterial growth rate and substrate utilisation.

The Monod equation forms the basis of many models used to describe

and predict the behaviour of hybridomas in culture. The difficulty with using

this equation in this situation, is that mammalian cell requirements and media

are very much more complex than than those of bacteria and the identification

of a growth rate limiting substrate is difficult. Often more than one substrate

may be limiting. This situation is additionally complicated by the inhibitory

effects of culture metabolites and models have been developed using an extended

form of the equation, which include an appropriate inhibition constant (Ki).

Growth Phases of a Simple Batch Culture

A simple homogenous batch culture progresses through different phases

which reflect changes in the cell population and environment. These phases are

generally known as the lag, log, stationary and death phases (Figure 3.1).

During the lag phase there is apparently little growth, but significant

metabolic activity. The length of this phase may depend on one or a number

of factors including; nutritional and/or physical environment, state of the

inoculum or the presence of inhibitors. Cells in lag phase may induce synthesis

of enzymes in order to exploit a nutritionally favourable environment, reduce

an inhibitory substrate concentration, or adapt in some other way to a changed

physical environment. If the inoculum is taken from a culture in stationary-

51

Page 67: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

phase then re-organisation of the cell, necessary to reverse the changes caused

by cessation of growth, may contribute to the length of the lag phase.

I ag stationaryexponent ia l death

tnin<5o5ooj

TIME

Figure 3.1 A typical growth curve for a microbial batch culture.

After the lag-period, growth occurs at the maximum rate for the given

physiochemical conditions, and finally ceases; either through the lack of a

nutrient, accumulation of an inhibitory product, or, some changes in the physical

environment. Once the biomass reaches a maximum value, there may be a

stationary phase where the amount of biomass remains constant. Eventually

however the biomass declines, probably as a result of autolysis.

52

Page 68: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

3.1.2 Relationship of Growth Rate to Product Formation

a) Growth Rate-Associated

In general, the rate of product formation is given by the following

equation

dp/dt = QpX (7) (Pirt, 1985)

Where p is the product concentration, x is the biomass concentration, and qp

is the specific product formation rate.

When the product is growth-rate associated the amount of product formed

is directly proportional to the biomass formed.

Hence

dp = Yp/Xdx (8)

Where Yp/X is the product yield referred to biomass formation.

Thus:-

dp/dt = Yp/X dx/dt = Yp/x/xx (9)

If the product yield is expressed in terms of the substrate used then:-

dp = Yp/Sds (10)

Where Yp/S is the product yield referred to substrate utilisation

Hence:-

dp/dt = Yp/sds/dt = Yp/^x/Y^ (11)

Where Y^ is the biomass or growth yield referred to the substrate utilised.

53

Page 69: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Ypfc/Y* (12)

Thus from equations (10) and (12):

qp = dp/dt = Yp/X ii (13)

b) Growth Rate-Dîssociated

Non-growth-linked product formation can be of two types;

i) qp is independent of growth rate

ii) qp varies with specific growth rate in a complex way

One example of type i) is the production of penicillin from Pénicillium

which is independent of growth rates greater than 0.015 h"1 (Pirt and Righelato,

1967).

For a non-growth linked product, qp can be a complex function of the

specific growth rate. An example of this is melanin formation by A. niger

(Rowley and Pirt 1972) which is represented by qp = qp™ -kfi where qp™

and k are constants.

The product formation relationship with growth can be determined using

a Leudeking-Piret model (Figure 3.2).

From this, the following equation describes the line of the graph (Sinclair

and Kristianson, 1987)

rp = a rx + I5xv (14)

Where rx is the rate of cell growth

xv is the viable cell concentration

rp is the product formation rate

a is the growth related product formation coefficient

fi is the non-growth related product formation coefficient.

54

Page 70: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Thus from the equation, if fi (the y-axis intercept) = 0 and a (the gradient

of the line) > 0, then the product formation is growth associated. However,

if a — O and fi > 0 then there is non-growth associated product formation.

There is an intermediate or complex relationship between n and qp if a and

f i> 0.

XV

rxxv

a °<>° /3=o b e<= O j& > 0 c o i &. a

Figure 3.2 The Leudeking-Piret Model

Page 71: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

For hybridomas, several types of production kinetics and have been

described for Mab by various investigators (Merten et al 1981). The three types

discussed are:

I. The highest specific Mab production rate is found during the lag j t e

of cell growth and the beginning of exponential. This type of

production may be growth-associated in a complex manner.

II. The highest specific Mab production rate occurs at the beginning of

exponential growth and during the stationary phase. This description

suggests growth-dissociated kinetics.

III. Production kinetics are growth-associated and expressed whilst cells are

experiencing constant specific-rate only in the logarithmic growth phase,

with no production during stationary and decline phase.

The production kinetics of the Mab will therefore largely determine the

production system employed.

3.1.3 Growth. Monoclonal Antibody Production and The Cell Cycle

Assuming that hybridoma cell kinetics are similar to those of other

mammalian cells; a hybridoma cell in culture passes through, or is arrested at

one of 4 phases of the cell cycle (Darzinkiewicz, 1987; Lloyd, 1982; Mitchison,

1971): the gap 1 phase (Gl-phase), the DNA synthesising phase (S-phase), the

gap 2 phase (G2-phase) and the mitotic phase (M-phase) as shown in Figure

3.3. There may or may not be a GO phase preceding Gl, which is a senescent

phase.

Progression through the cell cycle is driven by numerous factors:

(i) A sequence of gene activations

(ii) brief surges of regulatory metabolites such as Ca2+, Ca2+-calmodulin,

cAMP

56

Page 72: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

(iii) transient unmasking or insertion of receptors for external growth

factors into the plasma membrane.

(iv) bursts in enzyme activity

(v) cytoskeletal restructuring

(Boynton and Whitfield, 1983; Hochhauser et al 1981; Leffert et al 1979).

Addition o#Ca2> or serum or POGFor p p 6 0 v ’ -y/’tractlvation or high pH shock

Ca2> external and / or Ca2* internal

SHUTDOWNPROCESSES

M /D-o

cu

REPL1CAT10N SWITCH ON

SWITCH

C hrom osom e replication

Figure 3.3 The Cell Cycle of Cultured Cells

(Whitfield et al, 1985)

57

Page 73: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Consequently, cellular morphology, the types, densities, binding, and

regulatory characteristics of surface receptors, and the cell’s enzyme profile,

change during progression through the cycle. The progressive changing of

structural and functional composition means that regulators such as cAMP will

promote cell-cycle transit when generated at the right times in the cycle, but

will block transit if made to appear in abnormal amounts at other times

(Boynton and Whitfield, 1983).

The Mab production rate of a single hybridoma will depend on the

phase of the cell cycle. Many of investigators who measured the Ab production

rate in each phase reported that maximum Ab synthesis rate occurs in Gl or

early S phase in myelomas or lymphoids (Buell, 1969; Garatun-Tjeldsto et al,

1976; Takahaski, 1969). When considering the work of these investigators, due

consideration should be giving to the method of cell synchronisation used. Many

methods involve harsh treatment with drugs and the effect of these chemicals

on the cell may be overlooked in the conclusions drawn. Indeed, certain

treatments can radically affect the results (MacMillan and Wheatly, 1981).

The time for a cell to traverse the Gl phase increases as specific growth

rate (p) decreases, while the periods required for a cell to traverse the S-G2

and M-phase are approximately constant, and independent of p (Alberts, 1983).

Thus, the overall cell cycle time increases as n decreases. The processes of

replication will normally stop when a cell reaches a point late in Gl-phase

called the restriction point, unless signalled to continue through another cycle

(Alberts, 1983). A cell stopping at late Gl is called an "arrested cell". In order

for the cell to progress to Gl, the correct stimuli must be received. Further

stimulation progresses the cell from Gl to S phase. If the stimulation is absent

or too low, cells may remain in Gl or slip back into GO. During Gl phase

there are gene activations, cascades of enzyme activation and structural changes

which lead to the production of active DNA-replicating enzymes, initiator

proteins, chromosomal proteins and other components needed for a round of

chromosome replication (Boynton and Whitfield, 1983; Das, 1980;, Floras et al,

58

Page 74: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

1978; Gutowski and Cohen, 1983; Hochhauser et al 1981; Jazwinski et a/,1976;

Mercer et al 1982; Rao et al, 1982; Whitson, 1980).

The role of Ca2+ in the progression from Gl is very interesting.

Extracellular Ca2+ (Ca2+ ext) deprivation results in reduction of DNA synthetic

activity and thus prevents cells from entering S phase. If the regulator proteins

are partially suppressed to sub-threshold level without allowing complete

suppression or degradation, the cell will remain in Gl. The level of Ca2+ ^

may suppress the regulator proteins or may prevent replication enzymes, their

subunits or replication-initiator proteins, from entering the nucleus to start

chromosome replication. There may be two kinds of Ca2+-dependent processes

operating during the Gl phase; one of which is the permissive requirement for

Ca2+-dependent protein kinase C activity, and the other is triggering by a

transient surge of internal Ca2+-calmodulin (a Ca2+ binding protein) complexes

(Whitfield et al, 1982). cAMP and cAMP-dependent protein kinases also trigger

critical events in late Gl. In a wide variety of continuously cycling cells,

including Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO), there is a short burst of adenylate

cyclase activity, a transient reduction of cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase

activation and a resulting transient cAMP surge (Boynton and Whitfield, 1982;

Sullivan and Wedlicani, 1981). Exposure of external cAMP to an adenylate

cyclase stimulator (eg Ca2+) triggers DNA synthesis of cell trapped in Gl by

Ca2+ deprivation (Boynton and Whitfield, 1982).

The viable-cell fraction arrested at late Gl-phase, (where maximum Ig

production occurs) has been reported for myelomas (Byars and Kidson, 1970;

Garatun-Tjeldsto et al, 1976;) of lymphoids (Buell and Fahey, 1969; Takahasthi

et al, 1969), increases when the growth-rate decreases. At jumax, cells traverse

the cell cycle with a minimum time and there are few cells (if any) arrested

in Gl-phase. As the culture environment deviates a little from the optimum for

growth, the cell-cycle time increases and the fraction of arrested cells increases

but is still small. However, as the environment becomes less favourable to

growth this fraction increases further.

59

Page 75: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

3.1.4 Process Analysis Techniques

There are a number of ways in which the data from a culture can be

analysed. These include the use of curve-fitting techniques to facilitate derivation

of important rate quantities, and the use of models to predict events which may

occur.

Mathematical Modelling of Bioreactor Processes

Empirical investigations of the behaviour of a bioreactor system under

all possible conditions, and at all possible scales are often not possible.

Mathematical modelling is particularly useful in this situation for predicting the

effects of change of scale or conditions. These predictions are essential if an

operating process is being designed on the basis of laboratory investigations, but

they are also useful in handling laboratory data and in elaborating hypotheses

to explain observations. In addition, the actual construction and checking of a

kinetic model of a process is often the first step, and a very powerful aid; in

designing further experiments, in exposing areas of unsuspected ignorance, and

in furthering general understanding of a problem.

In the literature, there are an increasing number of mathematical models

describing hybridoma growth, Mab production, substrate utilisation, and

inhibition (Batt and Kompala, 1989; Bree and Dhmjat, 1988; Miller et al,

1986). Most are modified from the Monod equation.

Spline Functions

The important rate variables in a batch or fed-batch culture, such as

specific growth rate and specific product formation rate, are derived from

experimental data. It is, for example, necessary to differentiate the batch biomass

and product concentration to estimate the specific growth rate (/*), and the

specific product formation rate (qp). Since differentiation of measured

60

Page 76: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

concentrations amplifies the experimental error, one needs to use the best

available methods for estimating fi and qp. Spline functions allow differentiation

of data and give approximation for data interpolation and/or smoothing (Reinsch,

1967). A cubic spline is a piecewise continuous function, consisting of cubic

polynomial segments that join at points called knots. Thus a cubic spline is

formed by fitting a polynomial to three data points, then taking the next three

points and fitting another polynomial, and finally joining the two polynomials

together. This is then repeated until all the data points have been included. An

interpolating spline forces the polynomials through the points, whereas a

smoothing or partial cubic spline does not go through all the points and uses

a fit factor which determines how close the points are to the curve. An

interpolating spline should only be used if the data are known to completely

free of "noise", otherwise some degree of smoothing is called for (Thornhill,

1989). Cubic splines are able to give good fits to data which show abrupt

changes, and they can also mimic a wide range of analytical functions.

In this study partial (or smoothing) cubic splines have been applied

where appropriate, to data from the bioreactor batch cultures and the curves

used to derive the required rate quantities.

3.2 INVESTIGATION OF GROWTH AND MONOCLONAL

ANTIBODY PRODUCTION

In this series of experiments, 101 bioreactor batch cultures of the PQX

Bl/2 hybridomas were carried out as described previously (2.1.7). Samples

were taken at regular intervals (6-8 hours), and the viable and total cell

densities determined (2.1.4). The following analyses were performed depending

on the experiment: dry weight (2.1.5), Mab (2.2.4), GLN/NH3 (2.2.5), amino

acids (2.2.8) and adenylate charge (Bell, 1990).

61

Page 77: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Where:

Adenylate Energy Charge (EC) = [ATP] + %[ADP]

[ATP] + [ADP] + [AMP]

3.2.1 Growth and Mab Production Bv POX Bl/2 in Serum

Supplemented Medium

Results and Discussion

Cell Growth

The viable cell growth curve for PQX Bl/2 was typical for a batch cell

cultivation (Bailey and Ollis, 1986). There was a short lag phase of 10 hours

during which the cells adapted to the new nutritional environment and

synthesised the hormones, growth factors and enzymes required for growth.

This was followed by the exponential growth phase of the culture, which

yielded 8 x 105 viable cells/ml (Figure 3.4a).

The short lag phase is indicative of a viable inoculum at a high

concentration and a high concentration of growth factors. This reduces the time

required for the cells to synthesise their own growth factors, and can therefore

devote more energy and metabolites to growth processes.

After 30 hours of exponential growth the culture entered a decline phase.

That the total cell number did not peak with viable cell number as

would have been expected for a population of high viability, may be due to

maximum viable and total cell number being attained between sampling points.

The experimental data presented in the graphs of chapter 3 is included as i

Appendix 5 on the back cover of this thesis.

62

Page 78: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

12.00 0.18

9 .6 0 0 .1 4in

<o

12.0 - 0.11

4 .8 0 ^ 0 .0 7

8 2 .4 0 0 .0 4

0.00 0.004 00 20 6 0 8 0 1 0 0

TIME (hours)

Figure 3.4a The growth curve of PQX Bl/2 in batch culture. The figure

shows the change in viable cell count ( • ) , the increase in total

cell number ( a .) and the increase in biomass ( v ) .

The smooth curve fitted to the data also suggested a maximum viable cell

number in excess of that recorded.

The determination of specific growth rate in batch cultures is difficult

as conditions change continuously. In order to determine fi from the data in

Figure 3.4a, a partial cubic spline was fitted to the data. This smoothing curve

was then differentiated to give dx/dt, and multiplied by 1/x to give p. The data

manipulations were facilitated by a BBC microcomputer and appropriate software

(Appendix 3).

Maximum specific growth rate Qxmax) was determined from dry weight

data (ie x = biomass), to be 0.049b"1 (Figure 3.4b). As a comparison the

maximum specific growth rate was also determined using viable cell

concentration (x = viable cell number) and was 0.046h'1 (Figure 3.4c).

63

DRY

WEI

GHT

(mg/

ml)

Page 79: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

o.i a 0.60

0.14 - 0.48

ck

0.11 - 0.36

0.07 k b - 0J24

0.04 - 0.12

0.00 0.00o 20 40 1 0 060 80

0S;1tnh

IoLLâo5

TlfvE (hours)

Figure 3.4b The determination of specific growth rate (/t) from the change

in biomass ( • ) c0.6010

£in4o - 0.48

x!~

8ILU

ai<>

- 0.24

- 0 .1 2

0.0080 1 0 0604020O

O*

LUH-<crxh

BoLL

S%

TIME (hours)

Figure 3.4c The major peak in specific growth rate (fi) determined from

the viable cell count ( • )

64

Page 80: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The maximum specific growth rate determined from biomass occurred

at the same time as the rate determined from viable cell number. The growth

rates were similar, with the dry weight method producing a marginally higher

value. It is probably, in the case of animal cells, more accurate to determine

growth rate from the viable cell number rather than biomass, because of

variability in the size of cells. The size of a hybridoma can vary according to

the nutritional environment and stage of the cell cycle. For example in mitosis

(M-phase), there will be two daughter cells smaller than the parent or cells in

S-phase. In a batch culture, the cells are all in different stages of the cell cycle

and the distribution of cells through the cycle will cause variations in the

average cell dry weight, and thus may cause discrepancies in the calculated

biomass and growth rate. These errors may also occur if the cells change size

and composition due to a change in nutritional environment. It is also common

for cells to adhere to glass and metal surfaces in a bioreactor, then slough off

into the medium as clumps, which may cause errors in dry weight determination

and the growth rate.

Moreover, the volume of cell suspension required for dry weight analysis

is much higher than the requirement for viable cell determination. It is

obviously desirable to minimise the total volume removed from the bioreactor

as sample, in order to maintain the surface area to volume ratio and other

physical parameters constant. Viable cell counts are more economical in terms

of sample volume, and therefore can be made more frequently, and a more

accurate value for growth rate determined. In small scale experiments where the

total volume of cell suspension may only be 50ml, dry weight analysis is not

possible.

These considerations together with the extended processing time for

dry-weight analysis has meant that all specific growth-rates in future experiments

were determined from viable cell number.

65

Page 81: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Monoclonal Antibody Production

Mab titre was plotted against time using partial cubic spline curve fitting

as described, and showed an increase from 7.6/ig/ml at inoculation to 44.2/zg/ml

at 65 hours. Thé product formation rates (dP/dt) determined by differentiation

of the cubic spline (Figure 3.4d) showed a peak at 65 hours.

2.508 50iLUcr 40P>8 30 m

2.00

1.50

1.0020

o

- 0.50

0.001 0 0806040200

i-3*LU

$(J

I

TIME (hours)

Figure 3.4d The Volumetric production of Mab ( • ) by PQX Bl/2 in batch

culture, and the major peak in production formation rate (dP/dt)

There was however some production of Mab during the exponential growth

period, suggesting that there is not a simple relationship between growth and

Mab production. The kinetics appear to be similar to the type H kinetics, as

described by Merten (1989), in that the highest Mab production rate is at the

; end I of exponential growth. ' ~ This pattern

of Mab production is in agreement with the observations of other workers

66

Page 82: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

(Boraston et al, 1984; Fazekas de St Groth, 1983; Merten et al, 1985; Seaver

et al 1984; Vêtez et al, 1986). To examine the relationship between growth

and Mab production, the specific growth rate and the product formation rates

were plotted on the same graph with respect to time (Figure 3.4e). Specific

growth rate peaked at 35 hours while dP/dt peaked 30 hours later at 65 hours.

oX

kHiH

F!5yLL9§5

0.60

0.48

d P / d t

0.36 - 1.50

0.24 • 1.00

0.12 - 0.50

0.00 0.0040 6020 1 0 00 80

TIME (hours)

Figure 3.4e The relationship between specific growth rate (fi) and product

formation rate (dP/dt)

To investigate this relationship further the growth and product formation data

were fitted to a Leudeking-Piret model (Figure 3.9f).

The values of rx and rp were determined from the differential curves from

Figures 3.4c and 3.4d respectively. The plot shows a correlation coefficient of

0.827 determined by linear regression. The equation of the line was Y =

1.371xl0"2 X + 2.4xl0'3, and therefore:

67

Mab

PPRO

DU

CTIO

N

RATE

jp

g/m

l/h)

Page 83: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

r/Xy = L371xlO'2 r/Xy + 2.4 xl0‘3xv

Therefore the growth related product formation coefficient (a) = 1.371

x 10*2 (g product/g cells), and the non-growth related product formation

coefficient (B) = 2.4 x 10'3 (g product/g cells/h).

0J20 -

0.15

0.10

0.05

0.002.001.601.200.800.400.00

rx/xv

Figure 3.4f A Leudeking-Piret plot to show the association of specific

growth rate and product formation rate.

This suggests that there are growth-associated and growth-dissociated functions

in the relationship, thus supporting. the proposal that the relationship is not

simply growth rate associated or dissociated. Merten (1980) used specific

product formation rates in his work, whereas the work presented here uses

volumetric rates which simplifies investigation of trends and relationships,

without relating them to growth. This is also illustrated by Figure 3.4g which

shows the difference between specific and volumetric rates.

68

Page 84: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Using volumetric rates allowed the delineation of the different phases of

penicillin production, which are masked by including in the equation the

expression which relates then to growth.

u

0.20

0.15

0.10

0.05

25 1.25

20 1.00

U 15 - 0.75

10 - 0.50

5 0.25

0

0.5 0.020 1.0

0.4 0.015 - 0.8

0.3 0.60.010 -

0.2 _ :q Xoa

0.005 -

0.1 0.2

0 0 0

-0.1

M Mycelial wt (dry) g/L B Penicillin, g/L C Sugar used, g/L

_ 1 l ......1— i i i i _. A Growth, g/g, h

- \ X XB Penicillin

Z \ synthesis, g/(jL-h)

- A fv Sugar utilization,

V g/cvh)

c

\ VV ^ Oxygen _ \ uptake,"

D g/(L*h)

- A1

0.0012

0.0010

0.0008

0.0006

0.0004

0.0002 -

T 1------1-----rA Growth, g/(g*h) - B Penicillin

synthesis, g/(g*h)- C Sugar utilization,

g/(g'h)D Oxygen uptake,

g/(geh)B'

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140Fermentation time, h

Figure 3.4g Complex kinetics for production of penicillin (Leudeking, 1967)

a) Time course; b) volumetric rates; c) specific rates

69

Page 85: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Glutamine and Ammonia Assimilation

The rate of GLN uptake (-dGLN/dt) was determined using partial cubic

splines as described, and showed peaks at 1*8 hours, and again later at 45 hours

(Figure 3.4h).

0.502.50

0.40

0.30

0.201.00 -

0.100.50

0.000.001 0 08 0604 0200

TIME (hours)

Figure 3.4h The volumetric change in glutamine concentration (#) , and the

rate of utilisation (-dGLN/dt) determined from a 100% cubic

spline fit of the volumetric data

The production of ammonia was investigated in a similar manner and found to

peak at 25, 45 and 65-hours (Figure 3.4i). Between 30 and 40 hours there was

no ammonia production, but apparent assimilation (Figure 3,4i). GLN utilisation

and ammonia production rate peaks appeared to be phasic in relation to growth

and production. The first GLN peak appeared before the maximum growth peak

while the second coincided with maximum Mab production. This suggests that

70

GLN

UTIL

ISAT

ION

RATE

(m

M/h

)

Page 86: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

k

GLN is important for the preparation for growth, and for Mab production.

Ammonia disappearance occurred in between these peaks, when the cells were

growing at their maximum.

0.150.15

ié 0.12111 4 .

5% © P 9

I kï Ls I

I.O B

A

0.12

0.09

0.06

0.03

0.001 0 08 06 04 020

TIME (hours)

Figure 3.4i The major peaks in NJti3 production (A) and NH3 assimilation

(B). These compare to the major growth period (-----)

These results suggest multi-phasic growth and Mab formation (Figure

3.5).During the first phase there was a lag period with apparently little growth but

utilisation of GLN with concomitant production of ammonia. During the second

phase (Phase II), growth was at a maximum and ammonia was assimilated. The

main period of Mab production occurred during the third phase (Phase IE)

together with further GLN utilisation and ammonia production.

71

NH3

UTIL

ISAT

ION

RATE

(m

M/h

)

Page 87: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

A

TIME

Figure 3.5 The phasic nature of nutrient assimlation. The figure shows the

major peaks in GLN assimlation rate (B), the major peak in

specific growth rate (A) which coincides with a major period

of ammonia assimilation (C). During the final phase there is

the major peak in Mab production (D).

72

Page 88: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

3.2.2 Nutrient Assimilation Bv POX Bl/2 in Batch Culture

In order to further investigate the phasic pattern the experiment was

repeated with addition nutrients assayed.

Results and Discussion

Cell Growth

The results from this experiment confirm the phasic nature of growth

by PQX Bl/2 in batch culture. Viable cell number peaked at 8.72 x 105/ml

(45 hours), with a maximum specific growth rate of O.OSSh*1 (24 hours) (Figure

3.6a).

0.6010

- 0.48Ein<01$IB

0.36

- 0.24

m<> - 0. 1,2

0.001 0 08 040 60O 20

TIME (hovrs )

Figure 3.6a The growth curve for PQX Bl/2, showing the increase in

viable cell count ( • ), and the specific growth rate (/*).

73

SPEC

IFIC

GR

OWTH

RA

TE

(h-1

) (x

lti"1

)

Page 89: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

There was a decline in cell viability during the final phase of the culture

which may be due to depletion of nutrients, a build up of toxic metabolites or

to an inability of the cells to maintain the membrane integrity. There is an

energy requirement to maintain ionic gradients across membranes; a fundamental

characteristic of all living cells. Na+, K+-ATP'ase utilises the high-energy

phosphate bond of ATP to pump ions across the membrane against concentration

gradients. In addition to maintaining a K+-rich intracellular environment, the

ionic gradients generated by this enzyme are coupled to transport processes,

intracellular Ca2+ level and distribution, oxidative phosphorylation and glycolysis.

Moreover, the Na+, K+-ATPase activity is coupled with cell growth cycles and

DNA synthesis (Kennedy et al, 1984; Leister et al, ;1985; Rozengurt et al

1975). As cellular energy decreases, the ability to exclude vital stains (eg trypan

blue and erythrosin B) diminishes. Cells are therefore more likely to retain the

dye, and appear nonwiable. Weakening of cell membranes may also be

accelerated by shear forces imposed in bioreactors, (for example though agitation

by the impellor or sparging). Such forces may only be significant to cells with

compromised membrane integrity.

Monoclonal Antibody Production

0 .6 0

5 0.48

1I 0.36

I5 024ULLÜ 0.12

60.00

0 2 0 4 0 6 0 - 8 0 100

TIME (hours)

Figure 3.6b The displacement in time of the peak in specific growth rate (^)

and product formation rate (dP/dt)

74

Page 90: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Mab production rate was determined as before and peaked at 40 hours,

16 hours after the peak in growth rate (Figure 3.6b), corroborating the results

from the previous experiment.

Ammonia Assimilation

There were two peaks -in ammonia production which coincided with the

peaks in glutamine utilisation (Figure 3.6c).

0.15 0.20sz

0.12 0.16

0.09 - 0.12

(5< 0 .06 0.08

Ecn A0.03 - A 0.04

Br IB0.00 0.00

0 20 4 0 6 0 1 0 08 0

TIME (hours)

Figure 3.6c The major peaks in the utilisation rate of GLN (A), and the

major peaks in NH3 production rate (B), with apparent

assimilation (C)

75

GLN

UTIL

ISAT

ION

RATE

(m

M/h

)

Page 91: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The apparent assimilation of ammonia during maximum growth was also evident

again; an observation interesting for two main reasons:

(i) there is no similar report in the literature

(ii) ammonia is considered to be a toxic metabolite and it therefore seems

strange that a cell would assimilate a toxin.

Evidence of ammonia assimilation can be found in the literature, although

the observation has not received attention. For example Bree et al (1988)

studied the use of models of hybridoma cultures, and compared them to

experimental data. Application of partial cubic spline curve fitting, to their data

(Figure 3.7a), reveals a similar apparent assimilation of ammonia (Figure 3.7b).

2 .3 -

s2 . 0 -

.3 -

. 0 .3

0 2 J 5 3 3rim* (Ocv*)

3.00 0.25

2.40

5 :< 1.80

U 1:20

89 0.60

0 .15

0.10

0.05

0.00 0.000 1 2 3 54 6 7 a

T l^€ (days)

Figure 3.7 These figure show the data presented by Bree et al (1988), A)

and the determination of a period of apparent ammonia

assimilation(-dNH3/dt)(Fig B) by differentiation of a 100% cubic

spline.

It is however difficult to extrapolate the data since no experimental variation is

indicated, and the interpretation may be misleading.76

Page 92: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

In this case, although sample points are at 24 hour intervals, the drop in

ammonia concentration seems to be significant (0.35mM).

Further investigations into ammonia assimilation are discussed in Chapter

5.

Amino Acid Assimilation

Data from amino acid analysis were fitted with partial cubic splines and

the utilisation rates determined (Figures 3.8a and 3.8b).

50 2.50

dlLE/dt■6k 4 0 - 2.00

1.50

20 1.00

10 0.50

0.00O 2 0 4 0 6 0 1 0 08 0

TIME (hours)

Figure 3.8a The volumetric change in isoleucine concentration ( • ) , (a 100%

cubic spline fit), and the rate of utilisation (-dDLE/dt). The

profile is a typical example of the utilisation pattern of the

following amino acids: ASN, GLN, HIS, SER, ARG, THR,

VA1, MET, CYS, ILE, LEU, LYS, PHE, TYR, and CIT.

77

ILE

UTIL

ISAT

ION

BATE

jU

g/m

l/h)

Page 93: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The utilisation rates of ASN, GLN, HIS, SER, ARG, THR, VAL, MET,

CYS, ILE, LEU, LYS, PHE, TYR and GIT peaked during the lag phase of

the culture, and again at the end of exponential growth. ALA, ASP and ORN

were assimilated during mid-exponential growth, between the other amino acid

assimilation peaks’

4.001 0 0

E05 3.208 0

2.406 0

1.604 0

85

dAL A /d t 0.802 0

0.001 0 04 0 60 8 0O 2 0

TIME (hours)

Figure 3.8b The change in volumetric concentration of alanine ( • ) (100%

cubic spline fit) and the rate of production (dALA/dt). This

is a very similar nrofile to that os ASP and ORN.

The utilisation of ARG was interesting in that the volumetric curve mirrored the

ammonia volumetric curve, such that, as ammonia was assimilated, ARG was

produced.

78

ALA

PROD

UCTI

ON

RATE

6u

g/ml/h

>

Page 94: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The utilisation rates of most of the amino acids appear to correlate with

the phases of growth, showing distinctive peaks. ASN, GLU, GLN, HIS, SER,

ARG, THR, VAL, MET, CYS, ILE, LEU, LYS, CIT, PHE and TYR all

peaked during phase I of the culture. The assimilation of so many amino acids

suggests significant metabolic activity such as synthesis of enzymes and structural

proteins, in preparation for exponential growth. Indeed, it was proposed that

cells require a threshold intracellular concentration of amino acids for proteins

synthesis (Eagle et al, 1961; Griffiths, 1972). During maximum growth, in

phase II, there is assimilation of ALA, ASP, and ORN. The energy requirement

during maximum growth, may exceed that of other stages in the culture. This

energy may be derived from the amino acids assimilated during the lag phase,

or by assimilation of ALA and ASP during the log phase. ALA and ASP can

be metabolised via aminotransferase activity to form a-ketoglutarate, a key

component in the tricarboxylic acid (TCA) cycle.

During the final phase of the culture during which Mab was produced

at a maximum rate, there was a significant period of amino acid assimilation

(Figure 3.8a). This uptake was probably to meet the requirements of protein

synthesis both in terms of precursors and energy.

Glucose Assimilation. Lactate Production and Energy Synthesis

A change in glucose concentration was observed and the rate of

utilisation determined. Glucose was assimilated during growth of the PQX Bl/2

hybridoma, however maximum glucose utilisation occurred after maximum growth

(Figure 3.9a).

A major source of energy would be expected to be catabolism of

glucose. The carbon flux of glucose in glycolysis may be directed via five

different pathways: pentose phosphate, lipid synthesis, lactate production, amino

acid synthesis and the TCA cycle.

79

Page 95: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

3 .5 0200 -

11 6 0 =

O

<OC 1 2 0 -

- 2 .8 0

- 2.10"dGLUC/dt

y§ 8 0 •

O

œO 4 0 -

3- i

- 1 .40

; 0 .7 0

0.001 0 08 06 02 0 4 0O

TIME (hours)

Figure 3.9a The change in glucose concentration (#') and the major peak

in utilisation rate (-dGLUC/dt). The figure shows that the

maximum utilisation of glucose occurred after the peak in

specific growth rate ( f i )

The rate of glycolysis is usually much greater than the maximum rate

of utilisation of glycolytic intermediates (Hume et al, 1979), and therefore most

of the glucose is metabolised to lactate. That the lactate concentration increased

as the glucose concentration decreased (Figure 3.9b), suggests a significant

conversion of glucose to lactate.

80

GLUC

OSE

UTIL

ISAT

ION

RATE

(m

g/dl

/h)

Page 96: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

12.00 0.50

I9.60 - 0.40

7.20

4.80 0.20

2.40 0.10O L /d t

0.00 0.00o 2 0 40 60 80 1 0 0

TIME (hours)

Figure 3.9b The increase in lactate concentration ( # ), as glucose

concentration decreased ( A )

The net lactate production exceeds the net glucose utilisation and

therefore suggests that lactate is also produced by some other means. Although

glycolytic activity is generally high in proliferating cells (Pederson, 1978; Hume

et al, 1979), it has been shown that glucose is not essential for normal or

tumour growth (Hume et al, 1978; Poussegurt et al, 1980; Romano, 1982) or

for growth of human fibroblasts and HeLa cells (Wice et û/,1981; Zielke et al,

1976).

It has been proposed (Hume et al, 1978), that the glucose requirement

for cell growth is to supply precursors needed in nucleotide synthesis, together

with amino acid and lipid formation, rather than for energy production. The

results from this experiment suggest that there is a net synthesis of amino acids

during the maximum growth phase. It seems likely therefore that glucose is

indeed being used primarily for nucleotide, lipid and amino acid synthesis during

growth. The production of lactate does however suggest that there is some

81

LACT

ATE

UTIL

ISAT

ION

RATE

(m

M/h

)

Page 97: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

energy production from glucose. Immediately before the maximum Mab

production, glucose utilisation rate peaks which implies that amino acids and

energy required for Mab synthesis may be derived from glucose utilisation. It

seems therefore, that glucose performs different roles during the progression of

the culture and to different extents. The flux of carbon from glucose may

change in accordance with cellular metabolic requirements, and perhaps in

response to environmental changes.

Glutamine Metabolism and Energy Production

If glucose does not produce all the energy required by the cell then it

must be derived from some other source. When both glucose and glutamine are

available, it has been estimated that between 30 and 65% of all cell energy

requirements are derived from glutamine (Reitzer, 1979; Zielke et al, 1984).

Carbon from glutamine can be directed through a variety of branched pathways,

each yielding different amounts of ATP. For example glutamine can be

completely oxidised to C02 to provide 24 to 27 moles of ATP (Glacken 1988).

However, if Glutamine is catabolised to lactate each mole of glutamine forms

6 to 9 moles of ATP assuming NADH produces 3 moles of ATP (which may

also account for the extra lactate unattributable to glucose metabolism). Carbon

from partial oxidation of glutamine to glutamate and subsequently to pyruvate,

(after passing through the TCA cycle), can contribute to the formation of lipids

or lactate.

Incomplete oxidation of GLN to ALA or ASP would result in a

maximum of 9 moles of ATP per mole of GLN. This mechanism of GLN

catabolism is known as glutaminolysis (McKeehan et al, 1982), because of the

similarity to the partial oxidation of glucose. Along this pathway GLN

contributes precursors for the formation, of major intracellular building blocks:

amino acids, nucleotides, proteins and lipids. Glutaminolysis together with the

oxidation of serum-derived ketone bodies and fatty acids could provide most of

the energy required by the cell for growth (Ardawi et al, 1982). It seems likely

82

Page 98: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

therefore that the main source of energy is glutamine utilisation, with a

contribution from the catabolism of other amino acids and glucose. The

proportion of cellular ATP derived from GLN oxidation (as opposed to glucose

catabolism) varies according to the cell type, the environmental conditions

(Glacken, 1988) and the stage of the cell in the cell cycle.

3.2.3 Growth and Mab Production in Serum-Free Medium

Serum-dependent PQX Bl/2 hybridomas were weaned into serum-free

medium (Appendix IF) over a period of about 12 weeks, by reduction of

serum-supplementation. These cells grown in serum-free medium were used in

this experiment.

Results and Discussion

Cell Growth

The growth curve of the PQX Bl/2 hybridomas adapted to serum-free

medium was displaced with time due to an extended lag phase. This lag phase

was probably due to either a low inoculum density or a characteristic of the

serum-free medium. If the inoculum density is low, then there are fewer cells

to synthesize growth factors and hormones to enable the population to multiply.

Hybridomas do secrete non-immunoglobulin factors and these factors are

speculated to have a growth stimulatory function (Glassy et al 1988). With a

serum-supplemented medium it is probable that certain serum components provide

the stimulatory activity necessary for growth. However, since these factors are

not present in a serum-free formulation, promotion of cell growth probably

depends on self-secreted autocrine factors, and the accumulation of these factors

reaches a critical concentration at a fairly high cell density.

Another cause of an extended lag may be the time taken for the

detoxification of cellular environment: the higher the initial cell concentration the

83

Page 99: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

greater the level of detoxification (Glacken et al 1989). For example, it has

been shown that hydrogen peroxide (H20 2) is spontaneously formed in cell

culture medium when it is exposed to light. Catalase alleviates the toxic effects

of H20 2, if it is either added to serum-free medium (Darfler and Insel, 1982),

or synthesised by the cells. Since the serum-free formulation used contains no

catalase, then any toxic effect of H20 2 must be neutralised by synthesis of

catalase by the cells.

It is also possible that hybridomas re-activate some spontaneously

inactivated growth factors. For example cysteine, a free thiol, is spontaneously

oxidised to cystine, a disulphide, in the presence of oxygen and/or iron

(Toohey, 1975). Cystine has been shown to be transported very slowly into

lymphocytes, whereas cysteine is transported, rapidly (Ohmori et al, 1982).

Mammalian cells have a strict requirement for either form (Glacken et al,

1989). Thiol compounds in serum are known to engage in thiol exchange

reactions with cystine (Ohmori et al, 1983a). The mixed disulphides produced

from these reactions are transported more rapidly than cystine into lymphocytes

(Ohmori et al 1983b). There is some evidence that lymphocytes have the

capability to reduce cystine to the more active form (Ohmori et al 1983a). It

is possible therefore that in serum-containing medium the reduction of cystine

to the more "active" cysteine is mediated by serum components. In serum-free

medium this reduction may be performed by the hybridoma cells. This later

reduction method may take longer, and therefore play a role in the

determination of the length of the lag phase.

The general growth curve was comparable with cells grown in serum-

supplemented medium, with a maximum cell count of 7.2 x lOVml (Figure

3.10a).

84

Page 100: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

E 0.40in<oT—X 0.30

0.20ni

i>

- 0.10

0.001 0 08 06 0402 00

TIME (hours)Figure 3.10a The growth curve of PQX Bl/2 hybridomas adapted to serum-

free medium, showing the increase in viable cell number (# ),

and the specific growth rate (^)

The maximum specific growth rate of serum-free cells (0.042h*1) was slightly

lower than the ^max for serum-dependent cells of O.CHÇh’1 (3.2.1). This lower

rate may be due to the cells devoting energy to synthesis of components for

maintenance; components normally present in serum.

The serum-free cells maintained à lower viability than the serum-

dependent cells. It has been reported that serum affords physical protection to

cells in culture (Handa et al 1989), and provides fatty acids, essential for the

synthesis of prostaglandins and membranes, and hence maintenance of membrane

integrity. By omitting serum and not replacing the proteins and lipids,

membranes of the cells may be more prone to "stress'*. If the membrane

integrity is compromised, then the cells may be more permeable to the dyes

used in the determination of cell viability, which will appear lower. This

observation pattern of a reduction in viability and extended lag phase are

characteristic of many serum-free media (Glassy et al, 1988).

85

SPEC

IFIC

GR

OWTH

RA

TE

(h-D

fxl

Page 101: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Monoclonal Antibody Production

The rate of Mab production peaked at 63 hours (Figure 3.10b), and the

maximum Mab titre was higher in serum-free medium (64^ig/ml) than in serum-

supplemented medium (44^ig/ml)..

75

dP/dt

60 -

45

30

1 0 08060402 0O

§Ea

3 ,HI

OC

ob-

oLL

a

oDCCL

TIME (hours)

Figure 3.10bThe volumetric production of Mab ( a ), by PQX Bl/2 cell

adapted to serum-free medium, and the rate of product

formation (dP/dt)

This may be due to the absence of components found in serum which

■’* may inhibit secretion of the Mab. Proliferation and differentiation of lymphocytes

and subsequent secretion of IgG are mediated by chemical signals which interact

with cell surface receptors. Semm-proteins complicate the biology of these

86

Page 102: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

effector molecules (Glassy et al, 1988), and thus a similar effect may occur in

Mab synthesis by hybridomas in serum-supplemented medium.

The peaks in fi and dP/dt in the serum-free cells were separated in

time, with some overlap (Figure 3.10c).

ytT -

k

111

sI

1

oLL

Ü &

Figure 3.10c The relationship between specific growth rate (ji) and product

formation rate (dP/dt) in PQX Bl/2 hybridomas adapted to

serum-free medium.

This pattern is very similar to the serum-dependent cell growth characteristics

discussed in 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, and suggests that Mab production by PQX Bl/2

' in serum-free medium, has a "complex association" with growth rate as is the

case with serum-dependent cells, but this may not necessarily imply the same

relationship.

0 .5 0

0 .4 0

dP/dt

0 .3 0

0.20

0 .1 0

0.001 0 04 0 6 0 8 02 0

TIME (hours)

87

PROD

UCT

FORM

ATIO

N RA

TE

jpg/

ml/h

)

Page 103: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The Mab titre levelled off towards the end of the culture, and this may

be due to one of two things. Even though antibody is not a primary metabolite

(Glassy et al 1988), manufacturing a large protein does require energy. It is

therefore possible that due to energy shortage, Mab synthesised and transported,

may not be completed efficiently, resulting in the release of incomplete, and

hence non-functional antibody. Also, the death and lysis of hybridomas would

invariably lead to increased proteolytic activity in the culture medium, which

could result in the generation of non-functional antibody. This non-functional or

incomplete Mab may not be detected by ELISA.

Amino Acid Utilisation

Patterns of amino acid utilisation were similar in both cell lines, in that

there were peaks in utilisation of most amino acids in phase I of the culture

and again during mid-late exponential growth (at the beginning of the production

phase - Phase III). It has been suggested (Luan et al, 1987), that the exhaustion

of essential amino acids, is the primary cause of the onset of the death phase.

The results presented so far indicate that essential amino acids (apart from

GLN), are not depleted, there may however be a critical level, below which

death ensues.

The utilisation of TYR, VAL, and LYS was greater in serum-free

medium than in serum-supplemented medium, in which there was greater

utilisation of SER, GLY, ARG, PRO, MET, ILE, LEU, and PHE (Table 3.1).

The difference may be a reflection of the different jwmax value, or it may be

due to transport differences, ie, some amino acids may be taken into the serum-

free cells more easily because of fewer inhibitor proteins (normally found in

serum, and thought for example to inhibit Mab secretion, Glassy et al, 1985).

88

Page 104: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Table 3.1 The difference in amino acid assimilation between serum-free

and serum-dependent cells

AMINO ACID % CHANGE

SERUM-FREE SERUM-DEPENDENT

ASP + 18.3 -0.8

GLU +93.1 +90.7

SER -17.5 -32.45

GLY -6.2 -9.91

ARG -4.1 -19.5

THR -38.9 -64.7

ALA +259.3 +360.2

PRO -3.5 -10.2

TYR -55.6 -46.1

VAL -75.0 -69.8

MET -43.7 -50.7

ILE -52.7 -60.5

LEU -56.8 -68.8

PHE -36.7 -37.7

TRY +40.2 +262.2

LY -64.8 -62.3

- UTILISATION

+ PRODUCTION

89

Page 105: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Adenylate Charge and ATP Levels

The ATP concentration peaked at 60 hours (Figure 3.10d).

5 0 0

4 0 0

H 3 0 0

200

1 0 0

1 0 08 06 04 02 0O

TIME (hoirs)

Figure 3.10d The change in ATP production

Adenylate (E.C) peaked at 35 hours corresponding with the peak in

growth rate, and then again at 65 hours coinciding with the peak in Mab

production (Figure 3.10e). This suggests that, as may be expected, an increased

amount of energy is required for growth and production. This may have a role

1 in feedback control, in that as the demand for energy increases so does the*

supply.

90

Page 106: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

1.00

LU 0.80(5

0 0.60 -

I 0.40 -

0.20

0.00 '-' ' L-----------------------------------------10 20 40 60 80 100

TIN/E (hours)

Figure 3.10e The change in adenylate charge

A trajectory plot of specific growth rate against energy charge shows the

relationship between growth rate, B.C., and Mab production (Figure 3.10f).

EC

1.0

0.6 •

0.4

0.2

0-040 0-01 0-02

SPECIFIC GROWTH RATE ( h"1)

Figure 3.10f A trajectory plot for serum-free (A) and serum-dependent (B)

hybridoma cells. The period of Mab production is also

shown(— )

91

Page 107: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

There is particular region of the graph during which Mab is produced.

The E.C. in this region has a value between 0.8 and 0.6. As the E.C. declines

further so the synthesis of Mab stops. A similar trajectory plot for serum-

dependent medium indicated a similar relationship, suggesting that the complex

relationship between growth and Mab production may involve changes in E.C.

and may be independent of the medium.

During growth and Mab production, amino acids are utilised. These have

roles as precursors for protein synthesis and regulation of RNA synthesis, which

means that an increase in uptake may lead to an increase in the rate of

macromolecular synthesis. The resulting, more rapid, rate of utilisation of

nucleotide triphosphates will tend to decrease the concentration of the nucleotide

pool. Through the action of end-product negative feed-back control, the rate of

synthesis of nucleotides will increase to bring them into balance with the rates

of utilisation (Atkinson, 1977). Thus peaks in amino acid assimilation will occur

in tandem with periods of high macromolecular synthesis (Pre-growth and Mab

production), and peaks in energy charge.

The numerical value of E.C. in metabolising cells is thought to be very

similar for all cell types, and also to change very little with changes in

metabolic conditions (Atkinson, 1977). The results of this experiment do not

bear this out. One way of causing a decrease in the value of the energy charge

is to increase the utilisation of ATP by addition of a substrate for a kinase. If

the phosphorylated product can be metabolised to lead to the regeneration of

ATP, the E.C., can be expected to recover promptly. If the product is not

metabolised then there may be a longer period over which the energy charge

falls. This may, in part, account for fluctuation in the PQX Bl/2 B.C.. There

may also be increased production of AMP which will also cause the energy

charge to fall.

During steady-state growth of cells when all other regulatory parameters

are also at steady state, the E.C. is very close to 0.9 (Atkinson, 1977). In a

batch culture, conditions are constantly changing and so are the cells, and thus

92

Page 108: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

there is no steady-state. Such fluctuations in the cells and their environment may

make a significant contribution to fluctuations in E.C.

The rates of many or most ATP-requiring processes must be sharply

reduced when the E.C. falls below it’s "normal" range. It seems likely that

there is a hierarchy of such processes in terms of their response to the value

of E.C.. Energy-storing pathways, such as synthesis of polysaccharide or fats,

should be the most sensitive to a decrease in E.C.. Biosynthesis of structural

macromolecules should be next, however, activities which are essential for

maintenance of the cell should be able to function at lower values of energy

charge. The concentration of metabolic intermediates and metabolic starting

materials decreases during a batch culture in parallel with a decrease in the

ability to generate ATP. It is therefore difficult to estimate to what extent

hierarchical metabolic pathways depend on the adenylate system. Hence, it is

difficult to propose a simple overall mechanism of control for cell growth,

Mab production and E.C.. It may be that ’switching-on’ of Mab synthesis

results from a lowering of E.C. causing ATP utilising pathways to be reduced.

For instance, the reduction in activity of an enzyme or metabolite concentration

in this pathway may activate the genes necessary for Mab production.

A more complex explanation may involve regulation of the cell-cycle,

and this will be discussed in more detail in Chapter 6.

93

Page 109: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

4. PROCESS DESCRIPTION USING MATERIALS BALANCING

4.1 INTRODUCTION

4.1.1 The Uses of Materials Balancing

Many industrial fermentations and bioreactor processes are carried out

in fed-batch mode. This has many advantages over simple batch culture and

may be effective overcoming substrate inhibition, catabolite repression, and

product inhibition.

The main object of fed-batch culture is to extend or enhance product

formation. This requires a knowledge of production kinetics to establish when

product formation occurs, and knowledge of nutrient utilisation profile to identify

components necessary for production. Thus one needs to know what to feed,

when to feed it and at what rate.

Materials balancing can provide the following:

(i) A real time indication of the progress of the process

(ii) Real time indication of process improvements

(ii) Feed-back parameters for on-line optimisation.

Thus material balancing could be used to facilitate definition of the fed-

batch parameters of composition and time of feed, and give a more detailed

understanding of the processes of growth and product formation.

Materials balancing has been used to characterise sequential secondary

metabolite formation (Bushell et al, 1983) and has proved useful in gathering

information on substrate utilisation, product accumulation, yield and efficiencies

in bacterial cultures (Acevado, 1987).

94

Page 110: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

4.1.2 The Concept of Materials Balancing

Growth of a hybridoma can be represented by a general equation such

as:-

Glucose + Amino Acidl + 0 2 + Factors ------ ► Cells + COz + H20 +

Amino Acid2 Metabolite + NH3 +

Lactate

This can be converted into an empirical equation (Equation 2) thus:-

aC6H120 6 + bC5H10N2O3 + cOz —-----------► CHL6O0 N0.2 + dC02 + eH20

fC6H14N20 2 C2-5H2Oo-2No.i8 + gNH3 +

iC3 H6 0 3

This equation balances according to the law of conservation of matter.

Thus the equation can be balanced by the 0 2 and C02 values. Therefore in

this case the respiratory quotient (RQ) is d/c.

Where RQ = C02 Produced

0 2 Consumed

These equations are valid when the culture is growing but not producing

Mab. When Mab is being produced then there is an extra component on the

right hand side of the equation (Mab), and thus the equation must ’re-balance’.

Thus:

Glucose + Amino Acidl + 0 2 ► Cells + C 02 + H20 +

Amino Acid2 Metabolite + NH3 +

Lactate + Mab

95

Page 111: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The equation may of the following form:-

aC6H120 6 + bC5H10N2O3 + x 0 2

fC6H14N20 2

> CH1.6Oo.5No.2 + yC02 + eH20

C2sH2O0i2N0.i8 + gNH3 +

iC3H603 + j C H12.2N1802.5

-2 1X2V,0.21'I0.18etc.

In this case the RQ changes to x/y. There may theoretically therefore

be a change in RQ value as the culture changes from growth to product

formation. This may only be true if growth and Mab production are separated

in time. If there was an overlap then there may be an RQ value associated

with this; providing an on-line indicator of the process progress. This therefore

enables a real-time estimation of the on-set of product formation.

The equations for growth and Mab production can be compared to

determine the utilisation of various components and assess their importance in

production. This enables a feed to be formulated, and a fed-batch culture used

on a more informed basis. Fed-batch cultures can be formulated without

materials balance equations but require numerous trila and error determination.

In order to derive a materials balance there are a number of parameters

which need to be investigated. These include nutrient assimilation profiles,

microanalysis of ’unknowns’ (eg Biomass), and gas analysis (Figure 4.1).

96

Page 112: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

GAS ANALYSIS SAMPLES FROM

GROWTH/PRODUCTION

PHASE

Figure

C 02, 0 2, RQ

EXCHANGE PROFILE

Biomass

Supematant-

MICRO ANALYSIS

(C,H,0,N)

RQ v dP/dt

RELATIONSHIP MATERIALS BALANCE

EQUATIONS

PROCESS DESCRIPTION

TIME OF FEEDi _______

FEED FORMULATION

FED-BATCH

ANALYSES

Glucose, Mab,

Lactate, NH*+

Amino Acids

UPTAKE/PROD

RATES

FEED-RATE>

4.1 Components and Uses of Material Balancing 97

Page 113: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

4.2 MATERIALS BALANCE DESCRIPTION OF GROWTH AND

MONOCLONAL ANTIBODY PRODUCTION BY POXB1/2

A series of 101 bioreactor batch cultures of the PQX Bl/2 hybridomas

were carried out as previously described (2.1.7). Samples were taken at regular

intervals (6-8 hours), and the viable and total cell densities determined (2.1.4).

The following analyses were performed depending on the experiment: Mab

(2.2.4), amino acids (2.2.8), glucose (2.2.7), lactate (2.2.6) and GLN/NH4

(2.2.5). On-line 0 2 and C02 gas analysers were interfaced to a BBC

microcomputer, and RQ values calculated and logged.

4.2.1 Gas Analysis of POX Bl/2 Cells In Batch Culture

Results and Discussion

Cell Growth

After a lag phase of 40 hours, the hybridomas followed a typical growth

curved, and reached a maximum specific growth rate of 0.053h*1 (65 hours,

Figure 4.2a). The long lag phase was probably due to the low inoculum

density, as discussed previously.

Monoclonal Antibody Production

Mab was produced throughout the culture; the peak in production rate

occurred at 90 hours (Figure 4.2b); 30 hours after the peak in growth rate

(Figure 4.2c), corroborating the results of previous experiments. The complex

relationship between growth and Mab production was again eluded to by the

overlap of Mab production and growth.

98

Page 114: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

I4O

o

Uj

>

12.00 6.00

9.60

7J20 3.60

.4.80 2.40

2.40 1.20

0.00 0.000 25 50 75, 100 125

TIMEÛtolts)

Figure 4.2a The typical growth curve for PQX Bl/2, showing the

increase in viable cell count ( • ) , and the specific growth rate

t o

18.00 0.35

dP/dtE 14.40

HIΠ10.80 H

!

0.28

0.21

0.14

3.60 0.07

0.00 0.00O 25 50 75 100 125

§£

F

81

TIME (hours)

Figure 4.2b The production of Mab ( • ) , and the major peak in

product formation rate (dP/dt)

99

SPEC

IFIC

GR

OWTH

RA

TE

6c 10

-2

h-1)

Page 115: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

gX 6.00 035

4.80

3.60 0.21

g 2.40

0LLO 1.20LU&

0.14

0.07

0.00 0.000 25 50 75 100 125

ü

!

T1NÆ (hoirs)

Figure 4.2c The relationship between specific growth rate ( t) and

product formation rate (dP/dt)

Gas Analysis

Due to C02 being released from the HC03" in the medium as the culture

was sparged, the ratio of C02 produced to 0 2 consumed was high, giving an

artificially high value. The subsequent immediate decline in apparent RQ was

as a result of all the C02 being vented due to sparging, and growth rate being

very low. There then followed a slow decline in RQ, before a peak at about

39 hours, which corresponded with d02 tension reaching 40% air saturation

(Figure 4.2d and 4.2e).

This RQ value also suggests that there, was 0 2 consumption without

much C02 evolution, this was corroborated by the fall in d02 tension. This

implies that there was efficient aerobic biosynthetic activity

100

Page 116: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

3.00

2.40

Ia 1.80

Ih 1.20

0.00 125100755025

Figure 4.2d The change in respiratory quotient (RQ)

100

80</)

H60

0 40

1y so

Û

75 12510O50250

TIME (hours)

Figure 4.2e The change in dissolved oxygen tension

101

Co*

PROO

UC

Btt

cy.>

Page 117: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

During the growth phase there was little change in the RQ value, even

though the air flow rate was increasing to meet the demands for 0 2 (Figure

4.2f). At the onset of the maximum Mab production phase, RQ levelled out at

about 1.0. This then fell later in the culture because there was no demand for

air, and hence no gas flow through' the system to the gas analysers. The air

flow was switched to a manual bleed of O.Ollmin"1 which is indicated by a dip

at 116 hours (Figure 4.2f). The RQ then returned to a value of about 1.0.

12!Ü<:o

çr<

o #’ 0 25 f 12550 75 100

TlfvE (hours)

Figure 4.2f The change in air flow rate, the flow rate was changed to a

manual bleed at 166 hours ( t ) .

The results from this experiment indicate that there is an RQ value

associated with Mab production of approximately 1.0, which enables further

investigation of the derivation and use of material balancing with the PQX

Bl/2 hybridomas.

102

Page 118: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

4.2.2 Derivation of a Materials Balance Equation

The gas analysis experiment (3.3.2) was repeated. At two times points

(determined by viable cell density and RQ value), before and during maximum

Mab production, 2 samples (200ml) were taken three hours apart. 100ml of cell

suspension was centrifuged at 200g for 5 minutes and the supernatant decanted

into a sterile 250ml duran bottle (Schott). The supernatant was freeze-dried using

an acetone/dry-ice bath with a vacuum dryer. The sample was then stored

desiccated at 4°C. The pellet of cells was washed by resuspension in 10ml of

sterile 0.85% (w/v) NaCl in MQ. The cells were harvested by centrifugation

at 200g for 5 minutes, the supernatant poured to waste and the washing

repeated twice more. The cell biomass was then freeze-dried as described, and

together with the freeze-dried supernatant was analysed for elemental carbon (C),

hydrogen (H), oxygen (O), and nitrogen (N) composition by the Chemistry

Department, University of Surrey. In order to determine the C, H, O, N,

content of pure anti-paraquat Mab for use in the materials balance equation

several milligrams of purified Mab are required. Purification of such a quantity

of Mab free from a C H O N- containing solution is difficult. There is a high

percentage of homology of C H O N content between different murine IgG and

thus a commercially purified murine IgG (Sigma) was analysed. Analysis of

supernatant metabolites was as before. The equations were then derived.

Results and Discussion

Cell Growth

The culture followed the phasic pattern as previously described.

A materials balance equation for the growth period of the culture was

derived from the assimilation and production profiles of nutrients and biomass

for the period 20-23 hours (Table 4.1a). The figures in the Tables 4.1a and

b represent the milli-molar changes in concentration of each component during

103

Page 119: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

the three hours between the samples. In order to represent the significant

changes observed, experimental data of some of the components, it is necessary

to show 4 decimal figure places. The total figures were obtained by summing

the full eight figure value, thus avoiding rounding errors which can be

significant for some of the parameters used.

The equation for growth (Table 4.1a) accounted for 87% of the carbon

exchange, but only 51% of the nitrogen. Comparison of the microanalysis of

supernatants revealed no apparent difference (Table 4.1a).

The discrepancy in the balance of nitrogen during growth phase may be

due to the production of a nitrogen containing compound which was not assayed

individually. This proposal is supported in that the percentage nitrogen in the

supernatant at 20 hours is very similar to the percentage nitrogen at 23 hours.

104

Page 120: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Table 4.1a Consumption and appearence of maj or reaction

components between 20 and 23 hours (RQ = 1.9)

IN m M O U T m M0 2 0.2445 C 02 0.4646

Q H A 0.5023 CH1.74N0.2S0o.450.5026(Glucose) (Biomass)

NH, 0.3750 CHi.7NojO„j 0.0656(Antibody)

C5H,0O,N2 0.0910 CA O , 0.9750(Glutamine) (Lactate)

CAiOjN 0.0077 C3H70 2N 0.0890(PHE) (ALA)

CA .O sN 0.0069 C„H120 2N2 0.0133(TYR) (TRY)

C9H1103N 0.0064 C5H ,04N 0.0156(VAL) (GLU)

C A A N 0.0040 C3H70 3N 0.0103(LYS) (SER)

CAOjN 0.0057 C A 0 4N 0.0071(GLY) (ASP)

C A A N S 0.0001 C A 0 2N 0.0068(MET) (PRO)

C6H130 2N 0.0061 C A 0 3N 0.0038(LEU/ILE) (THR)

TOTALSC 3.68519951 3.19267470N 0.59404405 0.30446757

Culture Supernatant:20b C(46.27%): H(7.02%): N(11.10%): 0(35.61%)23b C(46.58%): H(7.25%): N(11.42%): 0(34.75%)

105

Page 121: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Monoclonal Antibody Production

During the production phase (45-48 hours), a second materials balance

equation was derived (Table 4.1b). Less carbon assimilated could be accounted

for in the carbon produced. Similarly, the apparent difference in nitrogen

balance is not reflected in the supernatant microanalysis (Table 4.1b). The Toss’

of carbon and nitrogen in the production phase may be due to conversion into

cell debris or lysis products since no net increase in biomass products was

observed at this point.

Amino Acid Assimilation

The assimilation rates of amino acids were higher in the production

phase, with GLN, ARG, and ALA being utilised most, and are consistent with

other experimental results. This suggests the increased uptake was to meet the

macromolecular biosynthetic demand imposed on the cell during Mab production.

ARG was incorporated at a rate second only to GLN during Mab production,

suggesting that it may be important.

The results confirm that there is a significant difference in RQ between

growth and Mab production, coupled to this is a difference in nutrient

assimilation. The materials balance equation give an accurate assessment of the

processes of growth and Mab production, and alude to important components

for each. From these balanced equations a feed can be formulated for a fed-

batch culture, and the feed-rate set to the utilisation rates of the nutrients. The

RQ profile enables the time at which the feed should be switched on to be

determined (ie when the RQ reaches 1).

When the RQ value falls to 1 (after peaking at 2.40), then this is indicative of

the onset of the maximum Mab production phase and therefore when the feed

should be initiated.

106

Page 122: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Table 4.1b Consumption and appearence of major reaction

components between 45 and 48 hours (RQ = 0.91)

IN m Mo 2 1.2368CfrHyO,; 0.3885(Glucose)n h 3 0 .2200

c 5h 10o 3n 2 0.1140(Glutamine)

0.0187(PHE)c 6h 14o 2N4 0.0793(ARG)C A 4Q2N 0.0063(LYS)c 4h 9o 3n 0.0214(THR)c 3h 9o 2n 0.0216(PRO)c 3H7o 2N 0.0765(ALA)C Æ A N 0.0469(LEU/ILE)c 4h 7o 4n 0.0216(ASP)c 5h 9o 4n 0.0214(GLU)c 3h 7o 3n 0.0314(SER)

TOTALSCN

4.383126770.99663455

Culture Supernatant:

OUTco2

c h 17n mo 0.5(Antibody)c 3h 603(Lactate)

2.770400000.45000000

45b C(48.59%): H(6.94%): N(11.64%): 0(32.83%)48b C(45.52%): H(6 .8 6 %): N(13.76%): 0(33.86%)

mM1.1255

0.1506

0.4550

107

Page 123: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Based on the results presented above, the feed could be employed (Table

4.1c) at a rate of 20ml/hf1.

Table 4.1c Proposed Feed Formulation For A Fed-Batch Culture

Based On The Materials Balance Equation

COMPONENT FEED RATE (mM/l/hl

Glucose 0.1295

NH3 0.0733

GLN 0.038

PHE 0.0264

ARG 0.0264

LYS 0.0021

THR 0.0071

PRO 0.0072

ALA 0.0255

LEU/ILE 0.0156

ASP 0.0072

SER 0.0105

GLU 0.0080

108

Page 124: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

5. NITROGEN METABOLISM

5.1 INTRODUCTION

Antoine Lavoisier gave the name ’azote’ to the gas nitrogen when he

discovered it in 1787, meaning without life, because of both it’s lack of

chemical reactivity and its inability to support life. Nevertheless, the metabolism

of nitrogenous compounds is central to the metabolic processes of all living

organisms. This is highlighted in the previous chapter by the high percentage

of nitrogen in the biomass of the hybridomas, and the presence of many

nitrogen containing components in the proposed feed for fed-batch culture.

Microorganisms and plants are capable of using simple inorganic nitrogen

compounds such as nitrogen gas, ammonia, nitrites and nitrates, and

incorporating these into such organic compounds as amino acids, purine and

pyrimidine nucleotides, amino sugars and a variety of co-factors and coenzymes

that are vital for animals. Animals are not able to make use of inorganic

nitrogen compounds in the diet. These are taken largely as proteins and amino

acids, although dietary nucleic acids and other nitrogenous compounds can also

be used to a greater or lesser extent. The waste products of nitrogen

metabolism excreted by animals are generally relatively simple organic

compounds (urea and purines), together with moderate amounts of ammonia and

other inorganic salts.

5.1.1 Amino Acids and Animal Cells in Culture

Amino acids play a diverse role in the metabolism of cells. Their direct

participation in the synthesis of the structural proteins and enzymes, relate to

all aspects of metabolism. Their transport, catabolism, anabolism, and ultimate

utilisation potentially have an effect at all levels of growth and metabolism.

All cell culture media contain amino acids, but there is wide variation

in the number and concentration. The early tissue culture media, derived from

109

Page 125: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

body fluids and tissue extracts, were rich in amino acids, and thus the

importance of the amino acids was not realised at first. Investigations by

Burrows and Neyman (1917) led to ideas that amino acids were toxic to cells

and inhibited growth. These conclusions were logical at the time; the results

being due to the additions of inordinately high concentrations of amino acids.

This toxicity enigma persisted for some time amongst tissue culture workers. It

was not until the work of Rose (1938) that the importance of amino acids in

the nitrogen balance of animals was realised. The first analytical approach was

taken by Fischer (1941), who dialysed serum in Ringer’s solution containing

glucose, and found that dialysed culture medium would not support cell growth.

Using this medium as a base and systematically adding amino acids, he

investigated their effect on cell growth. He discovered that more amino acids

were required by cells in culture than cells in vivo, and that cysteine was the

most important amino acid. This work was extended by Eagle who studies the

specific amino acids requirements of L and HeLa cells (Eagle, 1955a; 1955b)

using simple basal medium supplemented with dialysed serum. Eagle

distinguished between thirteen "essential" amino acids: arginine (ARG), cysteine

(CYS), glutamine (GLN), histidine (HIS), isoleucine (ILE), lysine (LYS),

methionine (MET), phenylalanine (PHE), threonine (THR), tryptophan (TRY),

tyrosine (TYR), and Valine (VAL), and seven "non-essential" amino acids:

alanine (ALA), aspartate (ASP), glycine (GLY), glutamic acid (GLU),

hydroxyproline (OHP), proline (PRO), and serine (SER). The results for HeLa

and L cells have been confirmed by other investigators but there are exceptions;

Jensen sarcoma cells ( McCoy et al, 1959a), Walker sarcoma 253 cells (McCoy

et al, 1956), both require asparagine (ASN) in addition to the thirteen

"essential" amino acids. Novikoff hepatoma cells (McCoy et al, 1959b) required

glycine, and rabbit fibroblasts RM356 (Haff and Swim, 1957-58) required SER.

Morgan and Morten (1957) found that chick embryonic heart fibroblasts

did not require ILE or GLN. The work of Griffiths and Pirt (1967) with LS

cells showed that the cell yield could be increased by the addition of a mixture

of "non-essential" amino acids, and substitution of GLN by GLU could also

110

Page 126: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

increase cell yields. More recently work on BHK cells (Arathoon and Telling,

1982) showed that the amino acids utilised in the greatest quantity were; GLN,

GLU, LEU, ASN, SER, and ILE. GLN was also seen to be primarily utilised

by Adamson et al, (1987), but was followed by ARG, LEU, ILE, LYS, VAL,

THR. These observations are in good agreement with other workers (Birch et

al, 1984; Butler and Thilly, 1984). Not only do the requirements of different

cells vary, but also the ability to act upon medium components. Thus, some

amino acids exert sparing effects on others by active interconversion,

transamination, and deamination of keto acids (Patterson, 1972).

5.1.2 The Transport of Amino Acids Across Membranes

Amino acids are charged molecules under physiological conditions and

therefore are not freely permeable across lipid membranes. They are accumulated

in cells by both active transport mechanisms, in which there is a net

accumulation of amino acid to a greater concentration than in the extracellular

fluid, and also by facilitated diffusion, when the intracellular concentration is

equal to that outside. Both of these processes are carrier mediated, as is the

efflux of amino acids from cells. A number of different carriers of amino acids

have been identified in various mammalian cells, differing largely in their

specificity for the amino acids transported, and also in whether or not transport

or linked to Na+ ions. The principal amino acid transport systems are listed in

Table 5.1a. Mammalian amino acid transport has been studied in three systems:

the intestinal mucosa, the renal tubule epithelium and across the blood-brain

barrier. In general, the same carrier systems are present in all three tissues, and

it is assumed that results obtained from these tissues are also applicable to the

transport of amino acids in other tissues.

Ill

Page 127: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Table 5.1a Amino Acid Transport Systems In Mammalian Tissues

(Bender, 1985)

Systems for neutral amino acids (mav also carry basic or dicarboxvlic

amino acids at favourable pH)

Na+-dependent

System Gly

System A

System ASC

System N

Gly and sarcosine

Most neutral amino acids

Most amino acids

HIS, GLN, ASN; hepatocytes and hepatoma

cells

Na+-independent

System L Preference for Branched non-polar side-chain

System L, and L2 Branched non-polar side-chain; hepatocytes

Systems for Cationic Amino Acids (Na+ -dependent)

ARG; liver mitochondria

System Ly, and Ly2 LYS; intestinal mucosa

System y+ Diamino acids

Systems for Anionic Amino Acids

Na+-dependent

System xA*

System xG'

Na+-independent

System xc‘

ASP; renal tubule

GLU; renal tubule

GLU and CYS

112

Page 128: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

5.1.3 The Role of Vitamin B< in Amino Acid Metabolism

The metabolically active vitamer of vitamin B6, pyridoxal 5’- phosphate

(PLP), is the coenzyme for enzymes catalysing a number of different reactions

of amino acids including decarboxylation to amines, racemization, transamination

to a-keto-acids, and various elimination and replacement reactions of the side

chain.

5.1.4 Amino Acid Catabolism

For the most part, cells in culture utilise amino acids through established

metabolic pathways (Meister, 1965). The a-amino group of many amino acids

is transferred to a-ketoglutarate to form glutamate.

H HI I

H3N - C— R ------------► H3N-C— CH2— COOI ICOO coo

Amino Acid Glutamate

The transfer of an a-amino group from an a-amino acid to an a-keto

acid is catalysed by aminotransferases or transaminases. One of the most

important of these is aspartate aminotransferase which catalyses the transfer of

the amino group of aspartate to a-ketoglutarate (a-KG).

ASP + a-KG v Oxaloacetate +GLU

In a similar manner alanine aminotransferase catalyses the transfer of the

amino group of alanine to a-KG.

ALA + a-KG ^ Pyruvate + GLU

113

Page 129: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Thus GLU is catabolized by way of a-KG; it can undergo either

transamination or oxidative deamination, depending largely on the carrier by

which it enters the mitochondrion. When GLU enters on the Glutamate/Aspartate

counter-transport mechanism, it will largely be transaminated so as to maintain

a supply of ASP to permit continued uptake. This does not represent a net

catabolism of GLU, since an equivalent amount of oxaloacetate leaves the pool

of citric acid cycle intermediates. By contrast, when GLU enters the

mitochondrion in exchange for OH* ions it is largely deaminated by glutamate

dehydrogenase (GDH), and in this case there is net oxidative catabolism of the

resultant a-KG.

GLU a-KG+ NH3

The equilibrium of GDH is determined by the relative concentration of

GLU, a-KG, N H /: when the concentration of NH4+ is high then a-KG will

be withdrawn from the citric acid cycle pool to synthesize GLU, whereas when

the NH4+ concentration is low and there is a relatively large amount of GLU

available, it will be deaminated.

GDH is allosterically regulated, with GTP and ATP being allosteric

inhibitors, and GDP and ADP being allosteric activators. Hence, a lowering of

the energy charge (B.C.) accelerates the oxidation of amino acids.

Where E.G. = [ATP]+i/2[ADP]

[ATP] + [ADP] + [AMP]

In liver some of the ammonia is assimilated into the urea cycle.

5.1.5 The Urea Cvcle

The formation of carbamylphosphate from NH3, HC03* and ATP is

generally considered the first step in the urea cycle. The carbamyl group is then

114

Page 130: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

transferred to ornithine forming citrulline which reacts with aspartate to form

argininosuccinic acid. This is then cleaved to form fumarate and arginine, from

which one molecule of urea is removed, regenerating ornithine for the next turn

of the cycle. The urea cycle, the intermediates and enzymes involved are shown

in Figure 5.1.

NH,+

*CarbamylPhosphate Ornithine Carbamyl Synthetase Transferase

*CARBAMYLPHOSPHATE

CITRULLINE ASPARTATE

Arginino Succinate Synthetase

ORNITHINE ARGIMNOSUCCINATE

Arginase

Argininosuccinase

ARGININE FUMARATE

Figure 5.1 The Urea Cycle: Intermediates and Enzymes

115

Page 131: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

5.1.6 The Carbon Skeleton of Amino Acids

Once the a-amino group is removed the resulting carbon skeleton is

converted into major metabolic intermediates. These intermediates are pyruvate,

acetyl Co-A, fumarate and oxaloacetate (Figure 5.2).

AlaGlyCysS e rT hrT rp Leu

Lys.PheT yrT r p

G L U C O S E

HeLeuTrp

p y r u v a t e

PHOSPHOEIM O L P Y R U V A T E

A C E T Y L Co A

AC ETOAC ETYL

Co A

AsnA sp O X A L O A C E T A T E

T y rP heA sp

CITRATEF U M A R A T E

GinGluHisProArg

HeMetVal

S U C C IFNYL Co A

Figure 5.2 Fate of the Carbon Skeleton of Amino Acids

116

Page 132: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

5.1.7 The Anabolism of Amino Acids

Amino acids are classically grouped into those which can and cannot be

synthesised by humans: the "non-essential" and "essential" amino acids

respectively. This classification differs from that of Eagle in that some amino

acids (GLN, and ARG) designated as "essential" by Eagle, are classically termed

"non-essential".

The a-amino group of most amino acids comes from the a-amino group

of GLU by transamination. GLU is synthesised from NH4+ and a-KG by the

action of GDH. This is a major pathway for the incorporation of NH4+. There

are a great number of aminotransferases in all organisms that can transfer the

amino group from an amino acid onto an oxo-acid and many use the

glutamate/a-ketoglutarate pair as the amino donor. This means that ammonia

incorporated into glutamate can be used for the synthesis of any amino acid

for which the corresponding a-oxo acid can be synthesised, and for which the

organism has a suitable aminotransferase (Bender, 1985).

The synthesis of the "non-essential" amino acids is relatively simple:

ALA and ASP are synthesised by transamination of pyruvate and oxaloacetate

respectively. PRO and ARG are derived from GLU, while SER, formed from

3-phosphoglycerate, is the precursor of GLY and CYS. TYR is synthesised by

the hydroxylation of PHE.

The pathways for the biosynthesis of the "essential" amino acids are

much more complex. Most of these pathways are regulated by feed-back

inhibition, in which the committed step is allosterically inhibited by the final

product.

5.1.8 Formation of Amino Acid Amides

A second major pathway by which ammonium ions can be incorporated

into cellular metabolites is by the formation of amino acid amides. Both the

dicarboxylic acids, glutamate and asparagine respectively can form w-amides:

117

Page 133: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

glutamine and asparagine respectively. Both GLN and ASN synthetases are

widely distributed, both are ATP-requiring reactions.

The synthesis of GLN is especially important as a means of reducing the

circulating concentration of NH4+ ions in the mammalian blood stream. The

ammonium ions are highly toxic; the glutamine is a soluble relatively non-toxic

intermediate carrier of nitrogen, as well as being required for protein synthesis.

It also a primary source of nitrogen in cultured mammalian cells, donating

nitrogen atoms in a number of biosynthetic reactions, including the synthesis

of purines, pyrimidines, amino sugars, TRY and HIS. In addition GLN provides

an additional carbon and energy source, and may provide upto 65% of the cell

energy requirements (Zielke et al, 1984).

5.1.8 Physiological Effects of Ammonia on Animal Cells

As described above catabolism of amino acid yields ammonia. The

importance of GLN is such that 2 to 4mM is added to cells in culture. The

major portion of ammonia which appears in cell culture media is as a result

of catabolism of GLN. In general there is molar conversion of GLN to

ammonia.

Ammonia has been proposed as potential "toxic" waste product (Butler,

1985; Dean et al, 1984; Jessup et al, 1983; Reuveny et al, 1986)

Ammonia accumulation has be shown to increase the susceptibility of

suspension cultures to hydrodynamic stress (Petersen et al, 1988). Ammonium

has also been shown to inhibit the growth of mouse L cells (Ryan and Cardin,

1966), canine kidney (MDCK) cells (Glacken et al, 1986), production of a

number of viruses (Furasawa and Cutting, 1962; Jensen et al, 1961) as well as

interferon (Commoy-Chevalier, 1978; Ito and McLimans, 1981).

The mechanisms for ammonium inhibition are not known. It was

proposed by Glacken et al (1988), that ammonia’s inhibitory effect may be the

result of the destruction of electrochemical gradients that may occur due to

ammonia’s basic nature. Implicit in this hypothesis is the premise that unionized

118

Page 134: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

ammonia is the actual inhibiting moiety, and not the ionized ammonium ion.

Gaseous ammonia can diffuse rapidly through the cytoplasmic membrane,

whereas the ionised form cannot (Benjamin et al, 1978). Once the unionised

molecule diffuses across the membrane, it may pick up a hydrogen ion to form

the ionized ammonium. In this way, the pH of the cytosol and sub-cellular

vesicles may be increased. It has been shown that NH4C1 inhibits the

spontaneous secretion of lysozyme by macrophages and may also interfere with

endocytosis (Jessup et al 1983). Seglen and Reith (1977), found that the output

of proteins by cultured hepatocytes was also inhibited by ammonium chloride.

Weak bases, such as ammonia, causes vacuolation in cells due to their

accumulation within the cell in regions of low pH. Lysosomes are the major

site of accumulation, however there may also be accumulation in endosomes and

phagosomes (DeDuve, 1974). The rate of accumulation depends upon the Pk and

Pka of the amines involved. The pH of several of the intracellular compartments

is raised by the uptake of amines. This cause vacuolation and rapid loss of

cellular integrity and viability. It has also been shown that enhanced or retarded

incorporation of precursors into macromolecules depends upon the ammonium

concentration and the cell type (Zimber et al 1969; 1970). It may also be that

NH4+ interferes with a-KG utilisation. This may lead to an decreased citric acid

cycle and thus decreased oxidative metabolism. High level of NH4+ would lead

to increased formation of GLU effectively removing a-KG.

5.2 ASSIMILATION OF AMMONIA BY POX BI/2

The results from chapter 3 suggested that during maximum growth of

PQX Bl/2, ammonia was assimilated. The mechanism for this assimilation is

not clear as there are several potential pathways through which cells can

assimilate ammonia. These include the urea cycle, and via the action of

glutamate dehydrogenase or glutamine synthetase.

The following series of experiments aimed to clarify the pathway(s)

responsible for ammonia assimilation.

119

Page 135: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The experiments were carried out as 101 bioreactor batch cultures as

described previously. In addition to viable and total cell counts, GLN/NH4 and

amino acids were analysed, depending on the experiment.

5.2.1 The Role of The Urea Cvcle

The amino acid analysis from the experiments in chapter 3 suggested

that arginine concentration mirrored ammonia concentration. This together with

the appearance of citrulline and ornithine suggested that perhaps the ammonia

was being assimilated via a partial or complete urea cycle. The evidence was

circumstantial, and there are no reports in the literature of a urea cycle in

hybridomas. Lavery et al (Unpublished) deduced from their amino acid data that

there may be urea cycle involvement but no firm evidence has been presented.

This lack of evidence may be because the concept has not been investigated.

Urea cycle enzymes have been found in tissues other than liver, but not

in lymphocytes, myelomas, or hybridomas. It seems possible that during the

fusion of the original myeloma and spleen cells, genes which would otherwise

be repressed were activated. The activity of ornithine carbamyl transferase,

which catalyses the addition of carbamyl-P to ornithine: the point of entry of

ammonia into the urea cycle (Figure 5.1), would if present confirm the presence

of a partial or complete urea cycle.

During this particular experiment, samples of 1 x 107 viable cells were

taken at intervals and the cells harvested by centrifugation at 200g for 5

minutes. The cells were resuspended in 1ml of tris buffer and sonicated for 3

x 10 seconds (Soniprobe), with 30 second intervals during which the cells were

kept on ice. After sonication, the cells were then kept on ice for a further 30

minutes. This suspension was then centrifuged for 5 minutes at 5000rpm

(microfuge), and the supernatant was assayed for ornithine carbamyl transferase

activity (2.2.9).

120

Page 136: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Results and Discussion

The bioreactor run exhibited the typical phasic nature shown in previous

experiments. No activity of ornithine carbamyl transferase (OCT) was detected,

suggesting that it was either at a level too low to be detected, or was absent.

The latter seems the more likely, because the assay was selected because of its

sensitivity and specificity. The absence of OCT activity suggests that there is

not a urea cycle involvement in ammonia assimilation in PQX. The presence of

ornithine and citrulline therefore may be due to metabolism of arginine (Eagle,

1959; Levintow et al 1957; Piez et al 1958), or may be from another

metabolic pathway.

5.2.2 15N-NMR Studies of Ammonia Assimilation

In order to determine how ammonia was assimilated by the PQX

hybridomas a labelling study was carried out, in which assimilation of 15N

labelled NH4C1 was followed using 15N Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR)

spectroscopy.

At intervals during the bioreactor culture, samples (100ml) were taken

and the cells removed by centrifugation at 200g for 5 minutes. The cells were

discarded, the supernatant freeze-dried (4.3), and sent to Oxford University for

15N NMR analysis.

Results and Discussion

Cell Growth

The increased initial concentration of ammonium chloride seemed to affect

the progress of the culture, by extending the lag phase (Figure 5.3a). Similar

observations have been reported by Brindle et al (1990), using HeLa cells

grown in equine serum-supplemented medium. The effect may not be due to

121

Page 137: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

NH4+ ions alone but to the Cl* ions. Increasing extracellular Cl* concentration

may cause an imbalance in the intracellular/extracellular gradient. This in turn

may cause the efflux of amino acids and/or inorganic salts as an attempt to

restore the balance. The fall in intracellular amino acids concentration would

inhibit protein synthesis and cellular growth (Levintow and Eagle, 1961),

effectively holding the cells in G1 phase of their cell cycle.

0.65

- 0.52I 10.00 in4ox 7.50 ■ 0 3 9

d0.265.00

LU

i 0.132.50

0.000.001006020 8 04 0O

TIME (hours)

Figure 5.3a The growth curve of PQX Bl/2 hybridomas in the presence of

ImM NH4CI showing an extended lag phase

Monoclonal Antibody Production

The Mab titre reached a maximum of 23^g/ml at 70 hours with the peak

in production rate occurring at 60 hours (Figure 5.3b). This titre was lower

than in previous experiments, and may be a reflection of the NH4C1 addition.

122

OD

prr'

ipm

n

;nn

\A/T

U

na

tp

Zh

—-t\

Z

vin

Page 138: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

1.0025

0.8020

I-3n 15

rF 10

1

0.60

0.40

0.20

0.00100806040200

TIME (hours)Figure 5.3b The production of Mab ( • ) of cells grown in the presence of

ImM NH4CI, and the major peak in product formation rate

(dP/dt)

Ammonia Assimilation

The period of "growth inhibition", coincided with a peak in ammonia

assimilation (Figure 5.3c).

This may be associated with the extracellular NH4+ concentration, and

may be an attempt by the cells to parry the inhibition. It may also be that the

cells are using ammonia as a nitrogen source for amino acids synthesis, perhaps

to increase the intracellular pool depleted by the Cl* gradient.

The second period of ammonia assimilation occurred at the end of the

maximum growth period, slightly after the "normal" ammonia assimilation peak.

123

PROD

UCT

FORM

ATIO

N RA

TE

(pg/

ml/h

)

Page 139: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

3.50

IZ 2.80OH<H 2 .1 0

0.20

0.16

0.12

OO 1.40

<z0 0.70

0.08

0.04

<0.00 0.00

o 20 40 6 0 8 0 100

TIME (hours)

Figure 5.3c The assimilation pçaks of ammonia during a batch culture of

hybridomas grown in the presence of ImM NH4C1

15N Incorporation

15N NMR analysis revealed incorporation of 13NH4+ into the cellular

metabolites, confirming the observations in previous experiments. In particular

15N label appeared in ALA, and GLU towards the end of the culture (Table

5.2). The incorporation of 15N label was low, suggesting that much of the N

in ALA and GLU must come from other amino acids, probably GLN. This low

incorporation has also been observed in similar experiments with CHO and

HeLa cells (Brindle et al 1990).

124

NH3

ASSI

MIL

ATIO

N RA

TE

(mM

/h)

Page 140: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Table 5.2 Appearance of Labelling in a PQX Bl/2 Bioreactor Batch

Culture supplemented with ImM 15NH4C1 (Brindle et al, 1990)

TIME (Hours) % ALA Labelling %GLU Labelling

18 1.8 '

30 1.8

42 2.0

54 3.1

66 1.7

76 2.6

90 5.3 1.9

The appearance of 15N into ALA and GLU, suggests a possible coupling

of alanine aminotransferase to glutamate dehydrogenase in a cycle manner

(Figure 5.3d).

NH

GDH

glutamateALT

alanine pyruvate

Figure 5.3d The Cyclic Coupling of Glutamate Dehydrogenase (GDH)

to Alanine Aminotransferase (ALT)

125

Page 141: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The appearance of label in GLU at the end of the culture may indicate

that the ALA concentration (~ LOmM) is such that it is causing end-product

feed-back inhibition of the cycle. The similar textbook liver-cell pathway is

usually represented as the reverse reaction to the one suggested here, in that

ammonia is liberated. In muscle tissues however, the ammonia assimilation

direction for the pathway occurs (Lehninger, 1975). It is feasible that during the

initial gene rearrangements after the hybridoma was first produced, such a

pathway could be activated. Thus this experiment has confirmed the assimilation

of ammonia by the PQX Bl/2 hybridomas, and suggests that the incorporation

is via glutamate dehydrogenase coupled to alanine aminotransferase, with a-KG

recycled.

5.2.3 Determination of Glutamate Dehydrogenase Activity in POX

Bl/2 in Batch Culture

During this experiment, samples (IxlO7 viable cells/ml) were taken from

the bioreactor culture, the cells harvested by centrifugation (200g for 5 minutes),

and resuspended in 1ml of 0.85% w/v NaCl in MQ. The cells were sonicated

as previously described, and kept on ice for 60 minutes, after which the

sample was centrifuged (5000rpm, for 5 minutes), and the supernatant assayed

for Glutamate Dehydrogenase activity (GDH), (2.2.10).

Results and Discussion

Cell Growth

The culture again followed the phasic pattern, with the viable count

peaking at 9.66 x lOVml.

126

Page 142: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Glutamate Dehydrogenase and Ammonia Assimilation

There was evidence of GDH activity throughout the culture. The peaks

in activity occurred on either side of the peak in ammonia assimilation rate

(Figure 5.4), although there was significant GDH activity during this period.

0.15 100

IJ 0.121115£ 0.09

O

< 0 .0 6

80

6 0

4 0_J

È50.03 20

2 A

0.0020 4 0 100O 6 0 8 0

TIME (hours)

Figure 5.4 GDH activity ( v ) was at a minimum between the peaks in

ammonia assimilation ra te (A )

It is likely that this activity may account for the ammonia assimilation,

but precise calculations are difficult for two reasons. Firstly, GDH is bound to

the mitochondrial matrix in the cell, and the location is such that it is very

difficult to extract all the enzyme. Thus the total activity of GDH may in fact

be higher than that detected here. Secondly, ammonia is seen as a net uptake

at this time, however, there is probably an equilibrium between assimilation and

127

GDH

ACTI

VITY

j^

M/m

in/l)

Page 143: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

production. As the equilibrium shifts, perhaps as a reflection of metabolic or

environmental conditions, at other times during the culture, a net production will

be seen. This will therefore make determination of the exact available substrate

concentration difficult.

These results do confirm that there is significant GDH activity which

probably accounts for the ammonia assimilated.

The other main mechanism by which ammonia may be assimilated is via

glutamine synthetase in the following reaction.

GLUTAMATE + N H / GLUTAMINE

The essential role of GLN in mammalian cell culture means that a cell

able to synthesise its own GLN, would be at an advantage towards the end of

the culture when the GLN is depleted. The activity of GS in a PQX Bl/2

bioreactor batch culture was investigated by Bushell et al, (1988). The activity

of GS was found to peak at the beginning, and at the end of the culture, with

no activity during the period of net ammonia assimilation. The initial activity

is thought to be due to "carry-over" from the inoculum.

The regulation of GS was found to be at the transcriptional level, and

repressed by the presence of high concentrations of GLN. Towards the end of

the culture when GLN concentration is very low, this repression may be lifted,

and the activity at the end of the culture, may reflect the importance of GLN

in Mab synthesis, suggested by previous experiments.

5.3 AMINO ACID UTILISATION

The triphasic culture profile of PQX Bl/2 hybridomas proposed in

chapter 3 suggested that in preparation for growth and during Mab production,

particular amino acids were assimilated. The pattern of utilisation suggested that

amino acids play an important role in growth and production. The materials

balance equations derived in chapter 4, confirmed that some amino acids were

128

Page 144: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

assimilated more than others, and at particular times during the culture. This

suggests that some amino acids may be more important than others for growth

and/or production.

A greater understanding of these roles of amino acids in hybridoma

metabolism may facilitate process optimisation, leading to more efficient growth

and Mab production.

It is difficult to detach the role of one amino acid, and assess it’s

importance while other amino acids are present and at varying concentrations.

It is probable that some amino acids inter-convert and substitute function with

others, thus causing further complication.

5.3.1 Factorial Determination of Important Amino Acids

The aim of this experiment was to screen efficiently 20 amino acids, and

determine the relative importance of each for growth and Mab production.

The classical method is to study one variable at a time, while holding

all others constant. This is a very inefficient method requiring an inordinately

high number of trials for few components. Using a full factorial method, in

which every possible combination of independent variables at appropriate

concentrations are investigated, for X variables at Y levels, Yx trials are

required. Therefore 20 variables at 2 concentrations requires 400, (202), trials.

This is obviously very expensive and time consuming.

The approach adopted in this investigation was developed by Plackett and

Burman (1946). They proposed a series of basic designs for upto 100

experiments based on a rationale known as balanced incomplete blocks: a

fractional factorial method. This allow the evaluation of N-l variables by N

experiments.

The experiments were carried out according to a design matrix (Figure

5.5).

129

Page 145: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Arg Asn Asp Cys DUM Glu Gin Gly His OHp H e Leu Lys Met DUM Phe Pro Ser Thr Try Tyr DUM Va]

1 + + + + + — + - + + - - + + - - + — + — - - -2 + + + + - + _ + + — - + + - - + — + - - - — +3 + + + - + + + - — + + — - + - + - - - - + +4 + + — + — + + - - + + - - + - + - - - - + + +5 + - + — + + — — + + — - + - + - — - — + + + +6 - + - + + — - + + - — + . - + - - - — + + + + +7 + - + + - - + + - — + ■ — + - - - — + + + + + -8 - + + - — + + — + — + - - — — • + + + + + - +9 + + - — + + - - + — + - - - - + + + + + - + -10 + — - + + - - + — + - - — — + + + + + — + — +11 - + + - - + - + - - - - ' + + + + + - + - + +12 - + + — — + - + - - - — + + + + + - + — ■ + + -13 + + — - + - + - - — + + + + + — + - + + - -14 + - - + - + — — - - + + + + + - + — + + - - +15 - — + — + - - - ~ + + + + + - + - + + - . - + +16 - + + - — - - + + + + + - + - + + - - + + -17 + - + - — — - + + + + + - + - + + - - +• + - -18 - + - - - - + + + + + - + + + - - + + - . - +19 + — — — — + + + + + ■ — + - + + - - + + - — + -20 - - ' - — + + + + + — + - + + - - + + - - + - +21 - — - + + + + + - + — + + — - + + - - + — + -22 - - + + + + + - + - + + — - + + - - + - + - -

23 - + + + + + - + - + + - - + + - - + - + - - -24 - — - - — - - — - - - _ — — - — — - — ■ - — -

Figure 5.5 The Plackett-Burman Matrix

Each amino acid (component) was tried at 2 levels; a high concentration

(+) and a low concentration (-). The experimental error was estimated by

including 3 "dummy variables" (replicate controls). Each amino acid was tried

at it’s high level 12 times and at it’s low concentration 12 times. The

130

Page 146: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

contribution of each factor to the response was determined as the difference

between the average values of the response for the 12 experiments at the high

level and the average response at the low level. The effect of one variable was

distinguished from all the other variables which were changing at the same time.

When one variable was at its high level any other variable was at it’s low

level 6 times, and at it’s high level 6 times. Similarly when the first variables

was at a low level. The net effect of changing a second variable was therefore

cancelled out when calculating the effect of the first.

No changes were made corresponding to the effects of the + and - on

the dummy column (used to estimate the variance of the effect).

From the variance the standard error was calculated, and from this the

significance level determines using the student t-test. The t-test for any

individual effect allows an evaluation of the probability of finding the observed

effect purely by chance (ie the effect is due simply to experimental variation).

If this probability is sufficiently small, the idea that the effect was cause by

varying the level of the parameter under test is accepted.

The significance level given by the t-test was used to rank the amino

acids. Confidence levels greater than 70% were accepted (Stow and Mayer 1966)

Experimental Details

The basal medium was prepared as follows

RPMI 1640 without amino acids (Appendix IE) 250ml

MQ water 1425ml

NaHCO-,' (7.5% Solution, Gibco BRL) 50ml

NaOH (1M) 25 ml

Heat-treated equine serum (Imperial) 250ml

Basal medium (70ml) was added to each of 24 flasks labelled 1-24.

Amino acids were added according to Figure 5.5. The ’ + ’ denotes a high level

addition, which was 1ml, and gives a final concentration equivalent to the

131

Page 147: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

concentration of that amino acid in complete RPMI 1640 (Appendix If). The

low level denoted by was half of this (0.5ml).

The hybridomas were grown in standard growth medium (Appendix la),

harvested by centrifugation at 200g for 5 minutes, and washed by resuspension

in 20ml of basal medium. The cells were then harvested by centrifugation at

80g for 5 minutes, and resuspended at a viable cell density of 2 x 106 cell/ml

in basal medium. 10ml of this suspension was then added to each flask to give

a viable cell density of 2 x 105 cells/ml. The flasks were agitated to mix the

contents and a 2ml sample taken. From this 0.5ml was removed for a cell

count (2.1.4), the rest was centrifuged at 1640g for 10 minutes, and stored at -

20°C in 0.5ml aliquots for ELISA (2.2.4).

A 2ml sample was taken every 24 hours from each flask and treated as

described.

The highest viable count, minus the initial inoculum was used as the

response for growth, and the highest Mab titre as the response for production.

The t-statistic for each amino acid was calculated for growth and production

using the following equations.

Ea R at (+) R at (-)

1212

Veff S(Ed)n

S.E. eff VŸëff

t Ea

S.E. eff

132

Page 148: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Where:-

R

S.E. eff

Ea

Veff

d

= the effect of an amino acid

= the response

= variance of the effect

= effect shown by the dummy variables

= standard error of an effect

These calculations were facilitated by a BBC microcomputer and

appropriate software (Appendix 4). The t-values were then interpreted using

Cambridge Tables (Lindley and Scott 1984).

Results and Discussion

Cell Growth

Most of the highest viable cell counts were recorded after 48 hours

(Table 5,3a). The t-statistics allowed a ranking of amino acid in order of

importance (Table 5.3b).

For growth, the most important amino acids were LYS, GLN, HIS,

SER, TRY and CYS. The concentrations of these amino acids appears to be

critical, and reducing the concentration to half that in RPMI has a significant

detrimental affect on the growth of the hybridoma. Indeed these amino acids

may be growth limiting at this concentration. The other amino acids which do

not appear significant may be important for growth but have a lower critical

concentration than that used in the experiment. This does suggest that they may

be less important than the significant ones because they are required in lower

concentrations. At the bottom of Table 5.3b LEU has a significant negative t-

statistic, which may imply that at these concentrations LEU may have an

inhibitory effect on growth.

133

Page 149: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Table 5.3a Viable Cell Counts (xlOVml) For Flasks 1-24

(Values used for ranking calculation are highlighted)

TIME (hours)

FLASK 0 24 48 72 96 120

1 0.93 5.39 8.45 6.23 4.35 2.03

2 1.07 3.18 5.00 1.10 0.38 0.23

3 1.40 2.75 2.95 2.03 2.05 1.35

4 1.22 2.28 3.98 3.88 2.83 1.73

5 0.92 3.18 4.28 1.70 0.43 0.35

6 1.22 3.59 4.38 2.18 0.90 0.38

7 1.20 3.72 6.85 5.50 3.03 0.98

8 1.40 3.03 3.98 2.98 1.85 0.98

9 1.26 3.65 4.60 1.98 0.70 0.23

10 1.13 3.00 4.40 2.13 0.28 0.08

11 1.47 3.18 5.08 4.23 1.93 0.83

12 1.20 3.20 3.10 1.85 0.75 0.28

13 1.08 3.05 8.13 3.48 1.00 1.23

14 1.26 3.17 4.50 2.03 0.38 0 .00

15 1.47 3.54 4.53 1.80 0.28 0 .00

16 1.01 3.75 4.55 1.48 0.58 0.45

17 0.99 2.57 2.55 1.88 0.38 0 .0 0

18 1.20 3.30 7.40 5.68 1.65 0.43

19 1.34 2.81 3.73 2.25 1.15 0.78

20 1.22 3.24 8.82 5.08 5.53 2.43

21 1.20 3.17 6.28 6.33 1.20 0.23

22 1.22 2.82 4.60 4.58 2.38 0.35

23 1.25 3.77 4.70 1.78 0.08 0 .00

24 1.29 3.17 2.73 0.80 0.23 0 .0 0

134

Page 150: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Table 5.3b Ranking of Amino Acids: Growth

(t values are for 3 degrees of freedom)

AMINO ACID t VALUE SIGNIFICANCE

LYS 2.5760 95%

GLN 1.9248 90%

HIS 1.0283 80%

SER 0.8206 75%

TRY 0.7327 70%

CYS 0.6559 70%

MET 0.4651

ASN 0.4052

TYR 0.2704

ARG 0.2349

HYP 0.1263

GLY 0.1226

THR 0.1132

PHE 0.0608

ILE 0.0459

VAL 0.0421

PRO 0.0047

GLU 0.2030

ASP 0.5268

LEU 0.8038 75%

135

Page 151: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Production

The highest Mab titres were recorded after 96 or 120 hours (Table 5.3c).

The most important amino acids for Mab production were GLN, ARG,

GLY, THR, GLU, LEU, SER, and HYP (Table 5.3d). Reduction in the

concentration of these amino acids may cause a reduction in Mab production.

Again the other amino acids may be important for Mab production but the

concentration below which they become significant, appears to be lower than

those used in the experiment. TRY and LYS have negative t-statistics, and may

suggest an inhibitory effect on Mab production.

The results from this experiment have demonstrated that the concentrations

of amino acids are important for growth and Mab production. Specific amino

acid have been highlighted as particularly important at particular concentrations.

GLN and SER seem to be important for growth and Mab production by PQX

El/2. The importance of GLN may have been predicted from earlier chapters.

LEU however, appears to be inhibitory for growth but important in Mab

production, whereas LYS seems to be the opposite: stimulatory to growth and

inhibitory to Mab production. This experiment corroborates the feed formulated

in the materials balance experiments in which GLN and ARG were particularly

important for production by virtue of their assimilation rates. It is at variance

however with the material balance results for LYS which implied that LYS

assimilation was important for Mab production. The Plackett-Burman study

indicates a weakness in the argument that assimilation of a component is

necessary for a process simply because it is observed during that process.

This fractional factorial method efficiently screened 20 amino acids and

identified the potentially important ones, and forms a good foundation for future

experiments.

136

Page 152: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Table 5.3c Mab Titre fyig/ml) For Flasks 1-24

(highlighted values were used in the ranking calculation)

TIME (hours)

FLASK 0 24 48 72 96 120

1 0 1.5 3.4 3.6 5.9 5.12 0 1.4 3.6 2.9 4.1 4.03 0 1.2 3.8 4.7 7.3 11.84 0 1.3 3.8 4.4 6.8 1035 0 1.4 2.7 2.3 4.1 2.86 0 1.7 3.1 2.4 4.0 3.77 0 1.7 4.5 3.5 7.9 4.18 0 1.7 2.3 4.6 6.8 5.39 0 1.7 3.4 3.0 6.3 5.4

10 0 1.7 4.4 2.9 6.6 4.611 0 1.7 4.8 5.5 8.0 7.912 0 1.8 3.8 2.7 2.8 3.813 0 1.6 3.2 4.4 5.8 5.914 0 1.6 4.3 3.4 2.5 4.215 0 1.6 3.4 3.1 2.7 1.316 0 1.0 2.9 2.2 3.6 3.617 0 0.9 3.7 3.9 2.7 4.218 0 1.0 3.3 4.8 3.8 5.719 0 1.0 3.9 5.9 8.320 0 0.8 4.0 4.2 4.3 4.621 0 1.3 3.3 3.2 3.6 6.022 0 1.3 4.5 3.0 7.4 7.423 0 1.6 3.0 4.2 4.1 4.024 0 1.3 2.7 2.4 4.6 4 .2

137

Page 153: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Table 5.3d Ranking of Amino Acids: Mab Production

(t values are for 3 degrees of freedom)

AMINO ACID t VALUE SIGNIFICANCE

GLN 2.3265 90%

ARG 1.5410 85%

GLY 0.7908 75%

THR 0.7112 70%

GLU 0.6988 70%

LEU 0.6626 70%

SER 0.6493 70%

HYP 0.6148 70%

MET 0.4069

HIS 0.3449

ILE 0.1035

VAL 0.1132

ASN 0.2158

CYS * 0.3327

PRO 0.2672

ASP 0.2840

PHE 0.2875

TYR 0.5095

TRY 0.6642 70%

LYS 1.3835 85%

138

Page 154: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

5.3.2 Elimination of Individual Amino Acids

The Plackett-Burman experiment (5.3.1) identified amino acids important

for growth and production. The aim of this experiment was to extend this

amino acids work, in serum-free medium, and look at the effects of omitting

individual amino acids. This will extend the knowledge of amino acid

metabolism in hybridomas, and because of the importance of amino acids, may

facilitate optimisation of Mab production.

Experimental Details

Into each of 22 flasks basal medium (70ml) was added.

Basal Medium

RPMI 1640 without amino acids (Appendix IE) 250ml

H20 1372ml

NaOH (1M) 25ml

NaHC03 (7.5% solution, Gibco BRL) 50ml

Bovine Serum Albumin Fraction V (7.5%, Gibco) 23ml

Insulin (2mg/ml, Sigma) 10ml

Transferrin (Img/ml, Sigma) 10ml

Composite (Appendix Ig) 10ml

Phosphate Buffer (50mM, pH7.1) 250ml

Amino acids were added to each flask according to Table 5.4a. PQX

Bl/2 cells adapted to serum-free medium were used. The cells were harvested

from serum-free medium by centrifugation at 200g for 5 minutes, and

resuspended at 2 x 106 viable cells/ml in basal medium. 10ml of this suspension

was then added to each flask. The contents were mixed, a sample taken (5ml),

and the cells counted. The 5ml sample was centrifuged at 200g for 5 minutes,

and the supernatant stored at -20°C for future amino acid and Mab analysis.

139

Page 155: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Table 5.4a Amino Acid Additions

(values represent ml of stock amino acid solutions)

FLASK

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

ARG 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0

ASN 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0

ASP 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0

CYS 1 1 1 1 0

GLN 1 1 1 1 0

GLU1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0

GLY 1 1 1 1 0

HI S 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

OHP1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

I LE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

LEU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

LYS 1 1 1 1 0

MET1 1 1 1 0

PHE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

PRO 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

SER 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

THR 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

TRY 1 1 1 1 0

TYR 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

VAL1 0 1 i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i 1 0

H, 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 20

TOT 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

Results and Discussion

Cell Growth

Growth curves for typical flasks are shown in Figures 5.6a and 5.6b.

Cells in flask 2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,14,16,18,21 and 22 (Table 5b), began to die

soon after inoculation, and by 24 hours the viabilities had fallen below 30%. After 48

hours the viabilities of the cells in these flasks was 11% or less.

140

Page 156: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

In contrast the cells in flasks 1,6,7,13,15,17,19 and 20 (Table 5.4b) grew well,

and viability only dropped below 30% after 166 hours in culture. These results suggest

that individual omission any one of the following amino acids has little effect on

growth of PQX Bl/2: ASP, ASN, GLY, GLU, OHP, PRO and SER. Results are in

agreement with Eagle (1955a;b). There are two exceptions in that he makes no mention

of ASN and includes ALA as a "non-essential" amino acids. ALA is not added to the

culture medium because it is produced in significant quantities throughout the culture.

It is therefore also considered non-essential for growth.

10

md5

UJ

>

170136102683 40TIME (hoirs)

Figure 5.6a The growth curve for the CONTROL flask containing all the

amino acids. This profile is typical of flasks 1, 6, 7, 13, 15, 17, 19,

and 20 which had amino acids deleted according

to Table 5b

md

tn

ÎUJ

>

1701361023 4 68OTIME (hours)

Figure 5.6b The growth curve of the negative control with all the amino acids

omitted. This was a typical profile for flasks 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10,

11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 21 and 22

141

Page 157: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Table 5.4b Labelling of Flasks, and Amino Acid Omissions

FLASK NUMBER AMINO ACID OMITTED

1 NONE: +VE CONTROL

2 VAL

3 TYR

4 TRY

5 THR

6 SER

7 PRO

8 PHE

9 MET

10 LYS

11 LEU

12 ILE

13 OHP

14 HIS

15 GLY

16 GLN

17 GLU

18 CYS

19 ASP

20 ASN

21 ARG

22 ALL: -VE CONTROL

Monoclonal Antibody Production

Mab production curves for flasks 1 (Control), 6 (-SER), 7 (-PRO), 13 (-OHP),

15 (-GLY), 17(-GLU), 19 (-ASP), and 20 (-ASN) are shown in Figures 5.7(a-

h). Flasks in which the cells did not grow were not assayed.

142

Page 158: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

175

140

105

7 0

0 3 4 102 136 170

TI&/S (hocra)

Figure 5.7a Volumetric Mab titre for the control flask containing all the

amino acids

175

140

105

<r.70

35

O 34 58 102 136 170

TIME (hocrs)

Figure 5.7b Volumetric Mab production for flask 6 (minus SER)

175

140

105

II-I

70

35

0 34 58 102 136 170

TIV6 (hours)

Figure 5.7c Volumetric Mab production for flask 7 (minus PRO)

143

Page 159: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

175

140

105

70

35

0170102 1366334O

TIV€ (htxrs)

Figure 5.7d Volumetric Mab production for flask 13 (minus OHP)

175

140

105

7 0

35

O170136102sa3 4O

T iv e (bexrs)

Figure 5,7e Volumetric Mab production for flask (minus GLY)

175

140

105

70

35

0 136 170sa 10234OTIME (hou-s)

Figure 5.7f Volumetric Mab production for flask 17 (minus GLU)

144

Page 160: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

175

140

'3' 105

7 0

35

0 34 58 102 136 170

TIME (hotrs)

Figure 5.7g Volumetric Mab production for flask 19 (minus ASP)

175

140

7 0

3 5

34 . 68O 102 170136

TIME (hotrs)

Figure 5.7h Volumetric Mab production for flask 20 (minus ASN)

The results suggest that omission of an amino acid classified as "non-

essential” for growth does make some difference to the Mab titre. This may be

as a result of energy being diverted to the synthesis of that non-essential amino

acids, energy otherwise used for Mab production.

145

Page 161: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

5.3.3 Elimination of "Essential" Amino Acids

The aim of the experiment was to determine the effect of removing all

amino acids classified as non-essential in the previous experiment.

Experimental Details

Basal medium (83ml) was added to each of 4 flasks.

Basal Medium

RPMI 1640 - amino acids 100ml

H20 (MQ) 553ml

NaOH (1M) 10ml

NaHC03 (7.5% solution, Gibco BRL) 20ml

BSA (7.5%, Gibco BRL) 9ml

Insulin (2mg/ml) 2ml

Transferrin (lmg/ml) 2ml

Phosphate Buffer (50mM, pH7.1) 100ml

ARG (20mg/ml) 10ml

CYS (5mg/ml) 10ml

GLN (30mg/ml) 10ml

HIS (1.5mg/ml) 10ml

ILE (5mg/ml) 10ml

LEU (5mg/ml) 10ml

LYS (4mg/ml) 10ml

MET (1.5mg/ml) 10ml

PHE (1.5mg/ml) 10ml

THR (2mg/ml) 10ml

TRY (0.5mg/ml) 10ml

TYR (2mg/ml) 10ml

VAL (2mg/ml) 10mlcomposite 2m|

146

Page 162: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The 150cm2 TC flasks were labelled ‘AV, ‘A2‘, (CONTROLS) and ‘BV,

‘B2‘ (TESTS). To the ‘A‘ flasks 1ml of each of SER (3mg/ml), GLY

(lmg/ml), OHP (2mg/ml), PRO (2mg/ml), ASP (2mg/ml), ASN (5.68mg/ml) and

GLU (2mg/ml) were added. To the ‘B‘ flasks 7ml of sterile MQ water were

added.

The serum-free cells were harvested by centrifugation at 200g for 5 minutes,

and resuspended in basal medium at 2 x 106 viable cells/ml. 10ml was then

used to inoculate each of the four flasks. The contents were mixed, and a 5ml

sample taken. The cells were counted and the sample supernatant aliquoted and

stored at -20°C.

Stored samples were assayed for Mab, glucose and lactate.

Results and Discussion

Cell Growth

There was little difference between the growth curves of the cells grown

with or without the "non-essential" amino acids (Figure 5.8a).

10

too

CONTROLX

Ü

Ï>TEST

35O 70 105 140 175TIME (hotrs)

Figure 5.8a Growth curves of flasks with (CONTROL) and without (TEST)

the "non-essential" amino acids.

147

Page 163: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

The control flasks reached a slightly higher maximum viable count, and

maintained a marginally higher viability for longer. This suggests that the

maintenance of viability (membrane integrity), requires energy. There may be

more energy available for this purpose in the ’control’ cells than in the ’test’.

Again implying that energy is expended synthesising the omitted amino acids.

Monoclonal Antibody Production

The Mab titres of the cells grown without non-essential amino acids were

very much lower than those growth with these amino acids (Figure 5.8b).

120

CONTROL

96

48TEST

24

o 35 70 105 175140TIME (hours)

Figure 5.8b Mab production in flask with (CONTROL) and without (TEST)

"non-essential" amino acids

This may again imply that energy expended on amino acid synthesis is

diverted from Mab production. It may also be however that although enough

non-essential amino acids can be synthesised to support growth, the demand by

Mab production is only met in part. Any "error" in the synthesis of Mab such

148

Page 164: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

as incomplete formation, or conformational change due the absence or change

of an amino acid, will be excluded by ELISA. Thus even though Mab is being

synthesised, because it is not active Ab is remains undetected by ELISA.

Glucose and Lactate

The synthesis of GLY and SER usually occurs from glucose. The ability

of the cells to grow in the absence of these amino acids, suggest an ability to

efficiently synthesis them from glucose. The utilisation of glucose therefore may

be expected to increase, to meet this demand. There was very little difference

between the utilisation of glucose between the two sets of cultures (Figure

5.8c). The same was also true of lactate production (Figure 5.8d).

12.00

i0

19.60

7.20

TEST

4.80

CONTROL

2.40

0.001751401 0 57 035O

TIME (hours)

Figure 5.8c The glucose utilisation of CONTROL and TEST flasks with

and without the "non-essential" amino acids

149

Page 165: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

15

0

1 TEST

CONTROL

17570 105 14035O

TIME (hours)

Figure 5.8d The production of lactate from flasks with (CONTROL) and

without (TEST) the "non-essential" amino acids

There was a slight decrease in lactate concentration towards the end of the

cultures suggesting that lactate dehydrogenase was being released from dead or

dying cells.

150

Page 166: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

6. FINAL DISCUSSION

The results presented in this thesis show that the PQX Bl/2

hybridoma, grown in batch culture, exhibits a tri-phasic pattern of growth,

Mab production and nutrient assimilation. The events occurring in these

phases can be interpreted in terms of the cell-cycle.

PHASE 1

During the first phase, after inoculation, the cells show apparently

little growth: comparable with the lag phase of a bacterial batch culture. The

results are consistent with the idea, that the cells, at different stages in the

cell-cycle, begin to arrest in Gl. During Gl, there are gene activations,

cascades of enzyme activations, and structural changes, which lead to the

production of active DNA-replicating enzymes, initiator proteins, chromosomal

proteins, and other components needed for a round of chromosome

replication. There is massive biosynthetic activity which is reflected by the

peak in assimilation rate of many of the amino acids; primarily GLN. GLN

can not only provide energy, probably by glutaminolysis, but also precursors

for nucleotide synthesis. The energy requirement for this biosynthesis is high,

and so ATP is synthesised at a rate to meet this demand; seen as a high

B.C. value of 0.9. In order for these hybridoma cells, "arrested": in Gl, to

progress through the cycle, the correct "signals" must be received for the

cell to traverse the restriction point. This "signal", may be one of a number

of factors, some of which are aluded to in the results presented in chapter

3. The length of the lag phase seemed variable, and was extended in cells

grown in serum-free medium. The factors involved were suggested to be one

or a combination of the following: low inoculum density, low concentration

of stimulatory autocrine or medium-supplied growth factors, presence of

growth inhibitors (detoxicification of H20 2 for example), and activation of

repressed growth promoters (for example reduction of cystine). In serum-

151

Page 167: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

to result from either a low inoculum density, or in the case of the 15N NMR

experiment (5.2.2), the presence of NH/Cl". In the later case both NH4+ and

Cl' can cause growth inhibition. The NH4+ may interfere with a-KG utilisation,

(implied by a net ALA production), decrease the TCA cycle flux, and therefore

oxidative metabolism. Obviously during the lag period the TCA cycle plays a

crucial role in synthesising ATP to drive biosynthetic processes, and needs

therefore to be operating at maximum efficiency. Hence interference in the flux

through the TCA cycle will decrease energy production, retarding the

progression of the cells to exponential growth. An increase in extracellular

concentration of Cl may cause a change in the electrochemical status of the

cells and a change in the flux of such components as Na+ and K+. This may

then have a cascade effect, causing the efflux of amino acids, thus reducing the

intracellular concentration in an attempt to redress the electrical and chemical

balance. If the amino acid concentration inside the cell falls below a critical

level, then protein synthesis may be inhibited (Levintow and Eagle, 1961),

effectively holding the cells in Gl. Gradually there may be enough growth

precursors synthesised to allow progression into S-phase if signalled to do so.

This signal may be one of a number of factors, the most likely of which is

a surge in cAMP (Boynton and Whitfield, 1982). Indeed, cells trapped in Gl

by Ca2+ deprivation, can be stimulated to synthesise DNA by external cAMP.

The role of Ca2+ in the progression of cells from Gl (3.3.1) is interesting, and

probably crucial in PQX Bl/2 growth. It is proposed that a change in Ca2+

uptake stimulates the cells, and releases the inhibition. The cells begin to

progress to S phase, and the culture towards phase II. The "trigger" for Ca2+

uptake may be a change in intracellular pH caused by an increase in the NH4+

concentration. The growth inhibitory effect of NH4+ was proposed by Glacken

et al (1986), to be due to a change in electrochemical gradient. It may be

therefore that the increasing extracellular NH4+ concentration causes an imbalance

with the intracellular concentration, and NH4+ is assimilated. By changing

intracellular pH, this assimilation may cause a change in the electrochemical

potential of the cell, triggering an influx of Ca2+ into the cell which may

152

Page 168: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

initiate a short burst of adenylate cyclase activity, followed by a transient

reduction in cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase activity, and a resultant transient

cAMP surge (Boynton and Whitfield, 1982). As net ammonia assimilation

continues, the cells continue to be stimulated to follow the cell-cycle. As

specific growth rate increases to a maximum (~0.04-0.05h*1), then the cells

traverse the cell-cycle at their maximum rate.

PHASE n

The nutritional environment during phase II seems favourable for growth.

Demand for energy is very high and the reducing ability to synthesise ATP at

the required rate, coupled to the increased synthesis of cAMP, contributes to

the observed decline in E.C. value. Although maximum glucose utilisation occurs

during this period, the major energy contribution is thought to be from GLN

and other amino acids; glucose is thought to function mainly as a precursor for

nucleotides and amino acids (Hume et al, 1978). Indeed there is net amino acid

production during this phase. Assimilated of NH4+ during this period of

maximum growth was thought to be via glutamate dehydrogenase coupled to

alanine aminotransferase, in a cyclic manner (5.2.2). This mechanism produces

ALA, the major metabolite in which 15N appeared. This latter evidence

apparently contradicts the observation, from the amino acid uptake studies, and

the materials balance equations, that ALA is utilised during this phase.

However, the measured uptake at this point is a net rate, and it is suggested

that there is production, but this is masked by the utilisation profile. Moreover,

ALA is not supplied in the medium, and in order for there to be assimilation

of ALA there needs to be synthesis by the cells.

As the culture progresses further, the nutritional environment changes

such that the concentration of toxic metabolites increases, and that of nutrients

decreases. These factors may cause more and more cells to begin to arrest in

Gl as the requirements for progression to S are not met or are inhibited. The

153

Page 169: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

ability of the cells to generate ATP falls, and the culture begins to enter the

third phase.

PHASE m

During this phase the viable cell concentration peaks, and Mab is

synthesised at its maximum rate. Maximum Ab synthesis is reported to occur

in Gl (Buell, 1969; Garatun-Tjeldsto et al 1976), so as more cells arrest in Gl

more Mab is synthesised. This agrees with the suggestions that maintenance of

viable cells without growth increases the Mab production. Energy previously

utilised for growth processes can be diverted to Mab production and

maintenance. From the trajectory plots of energy charge against growth rate, the

E.C. value seem to fall to a critical level, implying that perhaps the cells

ability to synthesise energy diminishes because of the inability to cross the

restriction point due to "energy deprivation", and this retains the arrested cells

in Gl .

There is obviously significant protein synthesis during this time, fuelled

by amino acids, shown by a peak in assimilation. GLN was suggested to be

important for Mab production both in the Plackett-Burman factorial experiment

(5.3), and in the materials balance equations. Its role may again be primarily

in energy production for such macromolecular synthesis. The demonstrated

activity of glutamine synthetase at the time reinforces the importance of GLN:

the cell is expressing an enzyme which for the most part of the culture is

repressed. In addition ARG was proposed to be important for the Mab

production phase of the culture in both the Plackett-Burman experiment and the

materials balance work, however the specific role is unclear.

The E.C. value continued to fall through during this phase, and, provided

the value remained in a particular domain, Mab synthesis continued. This

suggests that there may be sufficient energy available to keep the cells in Gl,

allow Mab production and cell maintenance. As the EC value falls further,

154

Page 170: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

priority for energy shifts to maintenance processes only, the cells revert to GO

and die.

The events occurring in the three phases described above are summarised in

Table 6.

Table 6 A summary of proposed events of the phasic

culture in relation to the cell cycle

EVENT PHASE I PHASE II PHASE III

GROWTH Apparent inhibition Maximum growth Viable count peaks

then cells die

MAB Very little production Some production Maximum production

AMINO Net utilisation of most

ACIDS primarily GLN

Net production of

most amino acids

Net utilisation of

most, primarily

ARG, GLN

CELL Cells inoculated at Cells at different Cells begin to arrest in

CYCLE different stages stages. Cell cycle Gl then revert to GO and

begin to arrest in Gl progresses at its die

Later in phase I pass R point maximum rate

into S phase

155

Page 171: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Mab was proposed to be related to growth rate in a complex way.

There was some Mab production while the cells were in the growth phase ,

but because they spent progressively less time in Gl, as fi increased only a

small amount of Mab was produced. As jn decreased, so the length of Gl

increased and hence Mab production was stepped up. This explains the inverse

relationship of dP/dt to fi. Very little Mab synthesis during the lag phase,

probably because the nutritional environment was not optimal, and perhaps

because the energy level was too high, in this way perhaps analogous to

secondary metabolite production in bacteria.

On a final note as the work presented here progressed, the maximum

Mab titre achieved seemed to decline. Originally this was thought to be due

to instability of the cell-line. Instability may be exhibited as a complete loss

of production by a proportion of the cells, resulting in selection for "non­

producers." The second possible cause of reduced production results from gene

deletions causing a change in the Ab sub-class, as discussed in chapter 1. The

gene arrangement of mouse Ig is such that a single deletion will cause a change

of IgGi to IgGa, a second to IgG^, a third to IgE and final to IgA. Any of

these single non-reversible deletions will result in a Ab subclass that will not

be recognised by the ELISA used and therefore, will simulate non-production.

There may be both a complete loss of Mab synthesis ability and a change in

Ab class, further investigation with different ELISA systems, specific for

particular Ig classes, or fluorescent activated cell sorting using fluorescnet Ab

would aid in determining the cause

The work presented in this thesis has shown physiological changes

occur during growth and Mab production by the PQX Bl/2 hybridoma, and

has suggested explanations for these. The Plackett-Burman experiments screened

the amino acids whose role of has been constantly highlighted as very important

and suggested that while LYS and GLN were important for growth, and ARG

and GLN for production, some amino acids notably LEU and LYS, may be

156

Page 172: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

inhibitory to one phase of culture and stimulatory to another. Amino acid

omission experiments confirmed the results of Eagle (1955a, 1955b), highlighting

amino acids which could be omitted without significant effect on growth but

which were essential for Mab production. Results from the amino acid work

all suggest that optimisation of amino acids for growth and production, followed

by use of a fed-batch culture could significantly improve Mab production. A

clearer understanding of the metabolic pathways involved in catabolism and

anabolism of amino acids, may also identify key areas for further improvement

perhaps by controlled, amplified expression of key enzymes.

157

Page 173: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

7. CONCLUSIONS

1. Growth, monoclonal antibody production and nutrient assimilation by the

PQX Bl/2 hybridoma was triphasic. This was inferred by use of partial

cubic spline interpolation of experimental data, and subsequent derived

variable computation. It is reproducible, and consistent with data from

the activities of glutamine synthetase, and glutamate dehydrogenase, and

energy charge measurements (and northern blot data obtained in a parallel

study).

2. During the second phase of the culture, ammonia was apparently

assimilated. Evidence from the amino acid utilisation profile of the culture

had suggested that ammonia assimilation may be due the activity of a

partial or complete urea cycle. However, no activity of the enzyme

ornithine carbamyl transferase was detected and this hypothesis was

therefore disproved.

3. Uptake of ammonia was confirmed by following the incorporation of

15N in cellular metabolites using NMR spectroscopy. The 15N was

assimilated into alanine, and towards the end of the culture, glutamate.

This is proposed to be via a cyclic coupling of glutamate dehydrogenase

to alanine aminotransferase. Analysis of glutamate dehydrogenase activity

provides conclusive evidence for this proposal.

4. Addition of ImM NH4C1 had no adverse affect on the growth of

PQX Bl/2.

5. Growth and monoclonal antibody production by PQX Bl/2 is shown to

be related in a complex manner. The major peak in production rate

occurred after the major peak in growth rate. This time separation of

158

Page 174: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

growth and production rates allowed materials balance equations to be

determined for each phase.

These equations showed that the nutritional requirements for growth and

production were different. These differences were then exploited to

determine feed and feed-rate for use in a fed-batch culture.

6. On-line analysis of the exchange of 0 2 and C02 showed that the

respiratory quotient could provided an on-line indicator of Mab production

and therefore the time at which a feed in a fed-batch should be initiated.

7. The use of the Plackett-Burman factorial matrix was an efficient method

of ranking amino acids in terms of importance for growth and

monoclonal antibody production. The most significant for growth were

glutamine and lysine, whilst arginine and glutamine were the most

significant for Mab production.

8. Thirteen amino acids were found to be essential for growth of the PQX

Bl/2 hybridomas in serum-free medium, whilst seven others could be

omitted without a detrimental effect to growth. However, omission of

these amino acids drastically affected Mab production.

9. There was little difference between the growth of PQX Bl/2 in serum-

free and serum-dependent medium. There was however a marked increase

in Mab production in the serum-free medium.

159

Page 175: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

8. FURTHER EXPERIMENTS

1. Measure the activity of alanine aminotransfease, and radioactively label

glutamate, glutamine, alanine and a- ketoglutarate, to further investigate

the ammonia assimilation mechanism.

2. Addition of serum to serum-free medium to investigate the reason for the

improved Mab production in serum-free medium and assess the possibility

of inhibition of Mab secretion by serum proteins.

3. Further investigate the energy status of the culture looking at the effect

of different substrates with varying energy-producing and energy-reducing

potential, and the effect on the energy charge.

4. Use the feed formulation, and feed-rate determined by the materials

balance equations in a series of fed-batch cultures, with the aim of

optimising Mab production, utilising qC02 for continuous on-line

optimisation.

5. Use flow cytometry to investigate the cell-cycle of the PQX Bl/2

hybridoma and to determine the effect of altering extracellular Ca2+ and

cAMP levels on the cycle. This will allow a more informed prediction

of the relationship between growth, Mab production and energy charge,

with possible cell cycle events.

6. To try unadapted cells in serum-free medium and compare to the results

presented in this thesis.

160

Page 176: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

APPENDIX 1

A. Growth Medium

RPMI 1650, xlO concentrated liquid (Gibco BRL)

Milli Q Water

NaHCO,, 7.59% solution (Gibco BRL)

NaOH, 1M

Heat Treated Equine Serum (Imperial Laboratories)

Glutamine, 200mM (Gibco BRL)

B. Phosphate Buffer (50mM. pH7.1)

Solution A:

KH.PO,

Solution B:

KzHPO,

Working Solution: Solution A

Solution B

C. Large Scale Medium

RPMI 1640 powder (Imperial Laboratories)

Milli Q Water

NaHCO, (AnalaR, BDH)

HC1 (AnalaR, BDH)

K+P04- buffer (50mM, pH 7.1)

Heat Treated Equine Serum (Imperial laboratories)

Glutamine CXMndd, Gibco BRL)

ml/1

100

760

20

10

100

10

S/I

27.218

34.836

ml170

330

101.15g

6.91

15.0G

4 ml

11

11

100ml

Page 177: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

D. Freezing Mix (For serum-dependent cell only)

ml/dl

RPMI 1640, xlO concentrated liquid (Gibco BRL) 10

Milli Q Water 70

Foetal Bovine Serum (Gibco BRL) 20

Dimethyl Sulphoxide, DMSO, (AnalaR, BDH) 10

E. RPMI 1640 (- amino acids)

Inorganic Salts mg/1

Ca(N03)2.4H20 100

KC1 400

MgS04.7H20 100

NaCl 6000

NaHP04.7H20 1512

Vitamins

Biotin 0.2

D-Ca Pantothenate 0.25

Choline chloride 3.0

Folic Acid 1.0

i-Inositol 35.0

Nicotinamide 1.0

p-Amino benzoic acid 1.0

Pyridoxine HC1 1.0

Riboflavin 0.2

Thiamine HC1 1.0

Vitamin B12 0.005

Other Components

Glucose 2000

Glutathione (reduced) 1

Phenol red 5

(all reagents were purchased from Sigma unless otherwise stated)

Page 178: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

F. Serum-Free Medium

fi/1RPMI 1640 101.12

NaHC03 1.5

Glutamine 0.1462

Bovine serum albumin (fraction V) 0.7

Human transferrin 0.05

Bovine Insulin 0.01

■ Pyruvic acid 0.1101

■Ascorbic Acid 0.03

■Progesterone 0.000003

■ Hydrocortisone 0.000002

■Ethanolamine 0.001227

■Putrescene 0.000164

■Linoleic Acid 0.0000841

■ CuS04. 5H20 0.0000025

■FeS04. 7H20 0.000834

■MnS04.5H20 0.0000003

■(NH4),Mo20 24.4H20 0.0000124

■ ZnS04.7H20 0.0008626

■NH4V 03 0.0000012

■ NiS04.6H20 0.0000007

■ SnCl2,H20 0.0000007

■ NaHSe03 0.0000008

■ P04 buffer 5mM

■ COMPOSITE

Page 179: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

APPENDIX 2

A. SDS Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (PAGE)

Reagents

Acrylamide Stock Solution (30% w/v Acrvlamide. 2.5% w/v cross linker)

Acrylamide (BDH) 29.25g

bis-acrylamide (BDH) 0.75g

MQ (Milli Q Water, Millipore) to 100ml

Stored dark at 4°C

Resolving Gel Buffer (Tris 1.5M, SDS 0.4%)

Trizma base (Sigma) 181.5g

SDS (Sigma) 4.0g

MQ 800ml

pH adjusted to 8.9 with 0.1M HC1, and the volume adjusted to 11 with MQ.

Stacking Gel Buffer (Tris 0.5M, SDS 0.4%)

Trizma base (Sigma) 59.9g

SDS (Sigma) 4.0g

MQ 800ml

pH adjusted to 6.6 with 0.1M HC1, and the volume adjusted to 11 with MQ

Gel tank Buffer (Tris 0.05M, SDS 0.1%, Glycine 0.05M)

Trizma base (Sigma) 6.32g

Glycine (BDH) 4.0g

SDS (Sigma) l.Og

MQ to 11

Page 180: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Ammonium Persulphate (10% w/v in HoOl

Ammonium persulphate (BDH) 1.0g

MQ 10.0ml

Made fresh just prior to use.

Stain Solution

MQ 467ml

Aceitic Acid (BDH) 467ml

Methanol (BDH) 66ml

Coomassie Brilliant Blue (BDH) 2.0g

The solution was filtered using Whatman Nol paper prior to use.

Fix

MQ 467ml

Aceitic Acid (BDH) 467ml

Methanol (BDH) 66ml

Destain

MQ 800ml

Glacial Aceitic Acid (BDH) 100ml

Methanol (BDH) 100ml

Sample Buffer

SDS (BDH) 0.025g

Glycerol (BDH) 3.0ml

Bromophenol Blue (BDH) 0.15g

Tris buffer (150mM, pH 6.8) to 10.0ml

Page 181: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Protocol

Glass plates used to form the gel were cleaned in a 1% (v/v) solution

of "7X" detergent (FLOW Laboratories), followed by 0.1% (v/v) HC1, then

rinsed with MQ and finally washed with 70% (v/v) ethanol. The plates were

dried with non-fluff tissues and assembled using 1mm spacers and 50mm bull­

dog clips. Acrylamide, resolving-gel buffer and water were mixed, as in Table

2.1a, and the solution degassed under vacuum for 10 minutes. Ammonium

persulphate solution and TEMED were added quickly, the solution mixed (by

swirling) and poured between the glass plates. To eliminate air, the upper

surface was overlayed with water-saturated butan-l-ol and the gel left to polymerise for 30 minutes.

Stacking gel was prepared as in Table 2.1b, and degassed prior to the

addition of ammonium persulphate and TEMED. The butan-l-ol was removed

from the resolving-gel and the surface rinsed with 5 ml of resolving-gel buffer.

Stacking gel was then poured onto the resolving gel, a comb inserted

carefully to avoid formation of air-bubbles, and the gel allowed to polymerise

for a further 30 minutes. The bottom spacer was removed and the gel, and

plates, assembled onto a vertical electrophoresis apparatus. Gel-tank buffer was

poured into the top reservoir of the apparatus and the comb removed. Buffer

was also poured into the lower reservoir and any air-bubbles accumulating along

the base were removed, and the wells washed, by application of a gentle stream of buffer using a syringe.

10/d of sample was added to 10/d of sample buffer and the solution

boiled for 2 minutes. Molecular weight markers (Sigma) were treated in a

similar way. Samples were loaded into the wells and the apparatus connected

to a power pack. The gel was developed at either 8mA constant current for 16

hours, or 3-4 hours at 40mA constant current. The gel was recovered by gently

levering the plates apart, placing in a tray containing stain and agitating gently

for 30 minutes. After which the stain was removed and the gel placed in fix

for 30 minutes. The fix was decanted, replaced by destain solution, which was

Page 182: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

changed as soon as it became heavily coloured. The gel destained until blue

bands, due to the presence of protein could be determined. The gel was stored

in 3.5% (v/v) glacial aceitic acid for subsequent drying down and photography.

A slab-gel dryer (Biorad Lab. ltd.) was used to dry the gels; industrial

methylated spirit/dry-ice water traps being used to prevent liquid entering the

vacuum pump. When the gel was completely dry (approximately 2 hours), the

vacuum was released and the gel sandwiched between two glass plates to keep

it flat for photography.

Approximate molecular weights of the sample proteins could be

determined by comparison with the molecular-weight marker proteins as follows:

The relative mobility value (Rf) for the protein band was determined:-

Rf = distance moved bv protein

distance migrated by dye in loading buffer

When denatured by heating in the presence of a thiol agent such as B-

mercaptoethanol, most polypeptides bind SDS with the result that they have

essentially identical charge densities and migrate in the gel according to size.

A plot of Log10 polypeptide molecular weight against Rf should reveal a straight

line relationship (Shapiro et al, 1967; Weber, 1969), enabling the sample protein

band molecular weight to be determined.

B. Lowrv Protein Assay

Reagents

Lowry A (NagCOg 0.24M, Na/K Tartrate 0.0018M, NaOH 0.1M)

NagCOg

Na/K tartrate

20. Og

0.5g

4.0gNaOH

MQ to 11

Page 183: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Lowry B (CuS04 0.004M)

CuS04

MQ

l.Og

to 11

Lowry C

Lowry A

Lowry B

90.0ml

10.0ml

Prepared immediately before use.

Folin Ciolcalteau Reagent (50% v/v in MOl

Folin Ciolcalteau Reagent (BDH)

MQ 10.0ml

10.0ml

Prepared immediately before use

Bovine Serum Albumin Standard Solution. lmg/ml fSigmal

Diluted in MQ to give solution in the range 0 - 100 /zg/ml

Protocol

Sample or standard (200/d) was pipetted into sterile tubes in duplicate.

Lowry C (3ml) was added to each, mixed well and incubated at room

temperature for 15 minutes. 300/d of diluted Folin’s reagent was added to each,

mixed well and incubated for a further 30 minutes. The contents of each tube

were transferred to a disposable macro-cuvette and the optical density at 750nm

determined. Standards were used to construct a calibration curve from which the

concentration of sample was determined.

Page 184: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

C. Glutamine and Ammonia Assay

Reagents

Sodium Acetate Buffer (0.1m. pH4.91

CH3COONa.3H20

MQ

1.36g

80ml

The pH was reduced to 4.9 with glacial aceitic acid, and the volume adjusted

to 100ml with MQ

Glutaminase (5U/mD

Glutaminase (Sigma) diluted to 5U/ml in sodium acetate buffer, 0.1M, pH 4.9

Sodium hydroxide fO.IMl

NaOH 4g

MQ to 100ml

Ammonium Chloride Standard (0.1M1

NH4C1 0.534g

MQ to 100ml

Diluted with Milli Q water to give a range of 10'1 - 10'6M

Samples of cell culture supernatant were collected by centrifugation at

400g for 5 minutes and 500/d placed in each of 4 sterile plastic bijoux (Flow).

Two samples were used as replicate ’blanks’ and two as replicate ’tests’. 450/d

of pre-warmed (37°C) sodium acetate buffer was added to each tube. A further

50/d was added to the ’blank’ tubes and 50/d of glutaminase to the ’test’

samples. The tubes were mixed thoroughly and incubated at 37°C for 30

minutes. The samples were removed and placed on ice to stop the reaction.

Just before monitoring the ammonia emission with the probe, 100/d of 0.1M

Protocol

Page 185: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

sodium hydroxide was added. The reading for the ’blanks’ and ’test’ samples

were recorded. A standard curve using NH4C1 solutions (101 to 10'6M) was

constructed and used to determine the ammonium content of both the ’blank’

and ’test’ samples. A dilution factor of 2 was taken into account when the NH3

concentrations were determined. The ammonia observed in the glutaminase-free

’blanks’ was that already present in the cell culture medium. The NH3 in the

’test’ samples treated with glutaminase was therefore due to both the residual

ammonia present and also to the glutaminase. By subtraction of the blank value

from the test for each sample the ammonia due to the breakdown of glutamine

could be determined. As this is directly proportional, the glutamine concentration

can therefore be determined.

D. Lactate Assay

Reagents

Perchloric Acid (8%)

Perchloric Acid, 60% (BDH) 13.3ml

MQ to 100ml

Glycine (0.5M1 / Hydrazine Buffer (D.4M1. pH9.0

Glycine (BDH) 3.75g

Hydrazine Hydrate (BDH) 2ml

MQ 85ml

pH adjusted to 9.0 with HC1 (1M), and volume diluted to 100ml with MQ.

Lactate Standard

Lactic Acid Standard, 4.4mM (Sigma)

Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide (NAD+1 Solution

NAD+ (Sigma), diluted to 30mg/ml in MQ.

Page 186: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Lactate Dehydrogenase (LDH)

LDH (Sigma) 550U/ml in ammonium sulphate suspension

Protocol

Sample Preparation

To remove any residual lactate dehydrogenase activity the samples and

standard (STD) were deproteinised. 500/d of sample (or STD) were pipetted into

a 1.5ml microfiige tube (Sarstedt) containing 1ml of ice-cold perchloric acid

(8 %). The tubes were agitated to ensure thorough mixing, placed on ice for 10

minutes followed by centrifugation for 10 minutes at 2000rpm.

Lactate Determination

200/d of deproteinised supernatant from each sample (or STD) were

pipetted into separate 7ml sterile bijoux (Sterilin) in duplicate. A "blank" of

200/d of perchloric acid was also included. 2.5ml of pre-warmed (37°C)

glycine/hydrazine buffer was added to each tube together with 200/d of NAD+.

The tubes were thoroughly mixed and the initial optical density determined at

340nm against air, using an Ultrospec II spectrophotometer (LKB-Pharmacia).

A 50/d aliquot of LDH suspension was added to each tube, the contents

mixed thoroughly, incubated at 37°C for 30 minutes and the final absorbance

of all the samples recorded. The lactate concentrations were determined using

the following equation:

[LACTATE] mM = (S - B) x V

e d v

Where:-

S = change in absorbance at 340nm for sample

B = change in absorbance for blank

V = Final volume of sample in cuvette

(= 2.95ml)

Page 187: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

v = volume of sample in cuvette (= 0.67ml)

e = Molar extinction coefficient of NAD+ at 340nm (=6.22)

d = path length of the cuvette (= 10mm)

E. Ornithine Carbamvl Transferase Assay (EC 2.1.3.31

Reagents

Barbiturate/Acetate Buffer (70mM. pH 7.01 - solution 1

Solution a:

Sodium Acetate Trihydrate (BDH) 9.715g

Sodium Barbiturate (BDH) 14.715g

MQ to 11

Solution b: (HC1 50mMl

HC1 (BDH) 0.43ml

MQ to 100ml

Working Solution:

Solution a 20ml

Solution b 24ml

MQ to 100ml

pH checked at 7.0 and adjusted as necessary.

Urease (2500U/H - Solution 2

Urease (5U/mg,3(fC) 5mg

Solution 1 10ml

Substrate/Urease solution (carbamoyl-P. 23mM: Ornithine. 2.5mM: Urease.

2500u/H - Solution 3

Carbamoyl-P dilithium salt (Sigma) 17.5mg

Ornithine hydrochloride (Sigma) 4.0mg

Solution 2 5ml

Page 188: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Citrulline Standard Solution (TOmM) - Solution 4

Citrulline 17.5mg

MQ 10ml

Diluted 1ml to 10ml with MQ (= ImM)

Antipyrine/Ferric Sulphate Solution - Solution 5

100ml of concentrated H2S04 (BDH) was added carefully with cooling to 500ml

of MQ.

To this the following was added:

Fe2(S04)3 . 9H20 (Sigma) 50mg

Antipyrine (Sigma) 4g

Cooled and diluted upto 1000ml with MQ.

Aceitic Acid (5%v/vl - Solution 6

Acetic Acid (BDH) 50ml

MQ to 1000ml

Diacetylmonoxime (0.5%w/v) - Solution 7

Diacetylmonoxime (Sigma) 5.0g

Solution 6 1000ml

Chromogenic Reagent - Solution 8

Immediately before use, mix equal volumes of solutions 5 and 7

Page 189: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Protocol

The following were pipetted into labelled test tubes:

Total Blank Basal Blank CIT BlankCIT CIT Basal STD CIT

CIT STDSample 25/xl — 25/d --- -— —

Soln 3 50/d — 50/d --- --- —

Soln 2 — — 50/d 50/d — —

Soln 4 — — — 25/d ---

Water — 25/d --- 25/d — 25/dSoln 1 — — --- — — 50/d

The tubes were mixed carefully by gentle rotation, and incubated in a

covered water bath at 37°C for exactly 30 minutes. To each tube, 3.0ml of

chromogenic reagent (Solution 8) was added. The tubes were mixed by vortex,

incubated in a boiling water bath for 15 minutes followed by cooling under

running water and the optical density read at 460nm. The activity of OCT was

determined using the following equations:-

b = A x C = 33.33 x A U/l

(A^ x Rt) A*,

Where:-

A — A tobl - A baa,

A total = Absorbance of total citrulline - Absorbance blank citrulline

Afoasa! = Absorbance of basal citrulline - Absorbance blank basal

citrulline

Astd = Absorbance of standard - Absorbance of standard blank

Rt = reaction time ( = 30 minutes)

C = concentration of standard ( = lOOO^M)

Page 190: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

F. Glutamate Dehydrogenase Assay (EC 1.4.1.3)

Reagents

TEA/EDTA/CELCOONHL (TEA. 64.5mM:EDTA. 3.22mM:CKCOONH,129mMV

Solution 1

Triethanolamine-HCL (TEA) (Sigma) 600mg

EDTA-Na2H . 2H20 (Sigma) 60mg

Ammonium Acetate (CH3COONH4) (BDH) 500mg

MQ 45ml

The pH was adjusted to 7.6 with NaOH (2M) and the volume increased to

50ml with MQ.

NADH/ADP/LDH fNADH. 6.45mM:ADP. 32.3mM:LDH 65kU/B - Solution 2

NADH di-Sodium salt (Sigma) 9.2mg

ADP monopotassium salt dihydrate (Sigma) 33mg

Lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) 0.2ml

(ammonium sulphate suspension, 3.2M; Sigma) 2mg/ml, 300U/mg)

2-Oxoglutarate (217 mM. pH 6 .8-7.0 1 - Solution 3

2-Oxoglutarate di-sodium salt (Sigma) lOOmg

MQ 2ml

50ml

2ml

Reaction Mix

Solution 1

Solution 2

Prepared immediately before use.

Page 191: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Protocol

Pre-warmed (37°C) reaction mix (2.5ml) was pipetted into a cuvette followed

by 500/d of pre-warmed (37°C) sample. The contents were mixed thoroughly

with a plastic spatula and incubated at 37°C for exactly 5 minutes. The optical

absorbance was measured at 339nm each minute for five minutes (the initial

incubation) and was used to determine AJT, the consumption of endogenous

pyruvate.

100/d of pre-warmed (37°C) 2-oxoglutarate was added, the solution mixed

thoroughly and the absorbance read each minute for 5 minutes to determine

AJT, the consumption of 2-oxoglutarate.

The activity of GIDH was calculated from the following equation.

b (U/l) = Af x V x 1000

e x d x Tf x v

Where:

b = the activity concentration of GIDH (U/l)

Af /7f = A JT - A JT

V = Assay volume, 1

v = Volume of sample used in assay, 1

d = light path, mm

e = linear millimolar absorbtion coefficient of NADH

Page 192: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

APPENDIX 3

PROGRAMME FOR PARTIAL CUBIC SPLINE CURVE FITTING

(M.E. BUSHELL)

5MODEO 6 * C AT

10DIMX(60),Y(60),DY(60),A(60),B (60),C (60),D (60),slope(300) 20DIM R(60),R1(60),R 2 (60),T (60),T1 (60),U(60),V(300),J(300) 30CLOSE£040INPUT"NAME OF DATA FILE," FILE$50D=OPENIN FILE$60INPUT£D,N2 7OPRINT"ENTER X,Ys"80FOR R= 1 TO N2 90 INPUT ' £D , X ( R )•, Y ( R )

100IF Y ( R ) =0 TH-ENY(R) =0.0001110IFR=1 THEN 140120IFX(R)>X(R-l) THEN 14013OPRINT"NOT ALLOWED": GOTO 9 0140 NEXT R , -150CLOSE£0160N1 = 1 :S = 10017 OPROCFIT17 2PROCMEAN175 FOR 1 = 1 TO N 2 :D Y (I )=mean/fit : NEXT 180M1=N1-1 190M2=N2+12 0 0 R ( M l )=0 i .210R(N1 ) =0 ‘220R1 (N2 ) =0 230R2(N2)=0 240R2(M2)=0 250U(M l )=0 2 60U(N l )=0 2 70U(N 2 )=0280U(M2)=0 ; \2 90P = 0 300H1=N1+1 310M2=N2-13 20H=X(M l )- X (N l )330F=(Y(M1)-Y(N1))/H 340FOR 1= Ml TO M23 50G=H36 0H=X(I+1)-X(I)3 70E = F380F=(Y(I+1)-Y(I))/H3 90A(I )=F-E

,400T(I)=2*(G+H)/3 410T1(I )=H/34 20R2(I )=DY(1-1)/G 4 3 O R (I )=DY(I + 1 )/H4 4 0R l (I )=-D Y (I )/G-D Y (I ) /H 4 5 0NEXT460FOR 1= Ml TO M2470B(I)=R(I)*R(I)+Rl(I)*Rl(l)+R2(I)*R2(I)

Page 193: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

480C(I)=R(I)*R1(I+1)+R1(I)*R2 (i + 1 )4 9 0 D ( I ) = R ( I ) * R 2 ( I + 2 )500NEXT510F2=-S520FOR 1= Ml TO M2 530R1(I-1)=F*R(I-1)

i 540R2(1-2)=G*R(1-2)! 5 50R(I)=1/(P*B(I)+T(I)-F*Rl(1-1)-G*R2(1-2))

5 6 0 U ( I ) = A ( I ) - R l ( 1 - 1 ) * U ( 1 - 1 ) - R 2 ( 1 - 2 ) * U ( 1 - 2 )570F=P*C(I)+T1(I)-H*Rl(1-1)580G=H 590H=D(I )*P 600NEXT610FOR I=M2 TO Ml STEP -1620U(I)=R(I)*U(I)-R1(I)*U(I.+ 1 )-R2(I)*U(I + 2)630NEXT640E=0650H=0660FOR I=N1 TO M2 670G=H680H=(U(I+1)-U(I))/(X(I+l)-X(I))6 90V(I)=(H-G)*DY(I)*DY(I)700E=E+V(I)*(H-G)710NEXT7 20V(N2)=-H*DY(N2)*DY(N2)7 30G=V(N 2 )740E=E-G*H750G=F2760F2=E*P*P770IF F2> = S OR F2<=G THEN 910 780F=0790H=(V(M1)-V(N1))/(X(Ml)-X(Nl) )800FOR 1= Ml TO M2 810 G = II820H=(V( 1+1)-V(I))/(X(I+l)-X(I))830G=H-G-R1 (T-l)*R(I-l)-R2(I-2)*R(I-2)840F=F+G*R(I)*G850R(I)=G860NEXT8 7 0H = E-P*F880IF H <= 0 THEN 910 890P=P+(S-F2)/((SQR(S/E)+P)*H)900GOTO 520 910FOR I=N1 TO N29 20A(I)=Y (I )-P*V(I )930C(I )= U ( I )940NEXT950FOR I=N1 TO M2 .960H=X(I+1)-X(I)970D(I)=(C(I+1)-C(I))/(3*H)980B(I)=(A(T+1)-A(I))/H-(H*D(I)+C(I))*H 990NEXT

Page 194: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

1000CLS1010J=010 20FOR I = 1 TO N21030FOR XX=X(I) TO X( 1 + 1 )-X(N2 )/300. STEP X(N2 ) /300 1035J = J + 1 : IF J> 300 THEN 10601050 V ( J ) = (X( I )+H) : J'( J) = ( ( (D( I ) *H + C( I ) )*H+B( I ) )*H+A( I ) ).. 1060NEXT,2010MODE12020VDU19,3,6,0,0,0

.2030 MOVEIOO,100 2040PROCMAX 20 50YMAX=02060FORI=2 T03 0 0 :IFJ(I )>YMAX THEN 2 300207 0 NEXT20 7 5PROCYMAX2078PROCSLOPES2 080PROCaxes(XMAX,YMAX)2160FORI=2TO J-l21700=2 .2180PROCplot(V(I),J(I),C ,I ,YMAX)2200IF slope(I )<0 THEN 22202210 PROCplot(V ( I ),slope(I ),C - l ,I ,slopemax)2220NEXT 2 2 2 5PROCZMAX 2230GCOL0,12 2 50FORR=1TON2: MOVE(82 + X ( R )/XMAX*1087 ),( 108+Y(R)*720/YMAX) 2260PRINT"*"2 2 7 0NEXT 2 280PROCend 2290END2 3 00YMAX=INT(J(I)+l):GOTp20702310DEF PROCaxes ( XMAX , YMAX ) „TTT,Tri c m tmtt"232OCOLOUR1: PRINT"VALUES USING " ;lab;"% PARTIAL CUBIC SPLINE2330 PRINT"FILE "; FILES 2340PRINT"INPUT P FOR PRINTOUT"235OPRINT" N FOR DIFFERENT 0 OF POLY"2360PRINT" M TO EXIT TO MENU"2 3 70MOVE100,820 :DRAW100,100 : DRAW 127 9,100 2380VDU28,0,5,39,0 2 3 90VDU5: FORI = 0TO102400X=100 + 110*I:MOVEX,100 : DRAW X, 90 2410Y=100 + 70*I: MOVE 100,Y : DRAW 90,Y 2 4 20MOVE X - 2 0 ,30 : PRINT ;I*XMAX/10 24 3 0MOVE 0,Y + 10 : PRINT ; I*YMAX/10 : NEXT I 2440MOVE100,100 ,2450 Y=0 24 60ENDPROC2470 DEF PROCplot(X ,Y ,C ,I ,M A X )24 90 PLOT69,(100+X/XMAX*1087),(100+Y*7 20/MAX)2500 ENDPROC

Page 195: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

2 51ODEFPROCend 2520CLOSE£0 2530INPUT X$2540IF X$="P" THEN *GIMAGE EPC T H&170 V&170 2550IF X$ = "N" T(HEN ENDPROC 2 5 60ENDPROC 2 5 7 ODEFPROCMAX 2580 XMAX=INT(X (N 2))2 5 90REPEAT2 6 0 OXMAX=XMAX+1 * ,261OUNTIL XMAX/10 = INT(XMAX/10)2 620ENDPROC 3000DEFPROCYMAX 300 5YMAX=YMAX-1 3010REPEAT3 0 2 0YMAX=YMAX+1 3030UNTIL YMAX =,I NT (YMAX)304 OENDPROC4000DEFPROCMEAN4005total=04010FOR R=1 TO N2 4020total=total+Y(R) ,4030NEXT4 040raean=total/N2 4050ENDPROC4 999DEFPROCFIT 5000INPUT "%FIT",X5 0 5 0 Y = - 2 4 0 . 6 0 2 2 5 9 + ( X * 1 2 . 0 9 7 0 1 2 ) - ( X * X * 0 . 2 2 2 7 5 1 9 3 5 ) + ( X * X * X * 2 . 0 4 0 7 7 5 4 1

X* 7.5 3 1 3 9 1 0 5 E - 6 ) - ( X * X * X * X * X * l.2 2210512E-8)-(X*X*X*X* E-3)-(X*X*X*X * X * 4 . 4 4 6 1 4 3 4 4 E - 1 0 ) + ( X * X * X * X * X * X * X * 6 . 8 7 6 0 8 9 6 5 E - 1 2 )5060f it=Y 50701ab=X 5080ENDPROC6000DEFPROCZMAX /;6050MOVE 1200 ,100

, 6065DRAW 1200,820 6070FOR I%= 1 TO 106080Z = 100 + 70*I%: MOVE 1200,Z:DRAW 1190,Z 6090MOVE 1030,Z +10 : PRINT ;I%*slopemax/10 6100NEXT7000DEFPROCSLOPES 7005slopemax=0 7010FOR 1 % = 2 TO 3007015 IF (V( 1%)- V (I%-1))=0 THEN slope(I%)=0 7017 IF (V(I%)-V(I%-1))=0 THEN 70507020slope(I%)=(J(I%)-J(I%-1))/(V(I%)-V(I%-l)):IF J(I%)=0 THEN 7050 7030IF slope(1%)<0 THEN 70507040 IF slope(1% ) > slopemax THEN slopemax = slope(1%)7050NEXT7052 slopemax=slopemax*1000 7054 slopemax=INT(slopemax j 7056 slopemax=siopemax/ÎOOO 7060ENDPROC

Page 196: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

APPENDIX 4

BASIC PROGRAMME FOR PROCESSING PLACKETT-BURMAN DATA

(M.E. BUSHELL)

10DIM A$(24) ,B$(24 ,24) ,data(24) ,e ffect(24) , t (24) ,LABEL$(24)12INPUT"NEW OR EXISTING DATA (N OR E)",N$13 INPUT"NAME OF FILE",NAMES14 IF N$="E" THEN 16 15PROCINPUT16 IF N$="E" PROOREAD 17PROCEDIT 20PROCMATRIX 30PROCEFFECTS 40PROCDUMMY 50PROCSIGNIFICANCE 60PROCORDER

800END999DEFPROCMATRIX

1000REM VDU2

1020 PRINT" A rg Asn Asp Cys DUM Glu Gin Gly His OHp He LeuSer T h r T ry T y r DUM Val

1030FOR I%=1 TO 23 1040READ A$(I%)1050NEXT1060I%=11070FOR J%= 1 TO 23 1080FOR I%=1 TO 23 1090B$(I%,J%)=A$(I%)1100NEXT 1110A$(24)=A$(1 )1120FOR I%=1 TO 23 1130 A$(I%)=A$(I%+1)1140NEXT 1150NEXT1160FOR I%=1 TO 23 1170READ B$(I%,24)1180NEXT1190FOR J%= 1 TO 24 1200 PRINT J%;"1210FOR I%=1 TO 24 1220PRINT B$(I%,J%);"1230NEXT1240PRINT1250NEXT1280DATA1290DATA1300ENDPROC

Page 197: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

2000DE F PROCIN P U T 2002CLOSE£0 2006Y=OPENOUT NAME$2010FORI%= 1 TO 242030PRINT"RESULT FOR TREATMENT ";I%;2040INPUT data(I% )2045PRINT£Y,data(I%)2050NEXT 2055CLOSE£0 2060ENDPROC 3000DEFPROCEFFECTS 3005FOR J%=1 TO 23 3007 PLUS=0:MINUS=0 3010FOR 1% - 1 TO 243020 IF B$(I%,J%)="+" THEN PLUS=PLUS + data(I% ) 3030 IF B$(I% ,J%)="-" THEN MINUS=MINUS + data(I% ) 3040 NEXT3045 effect(J%)=(PLUS/12)- (M INUS/12)3050NEXT3060ENDPROC4000DEFPROCDUMMY4010 Vef f= ( (e f fec t (5 ) '" 2)+(ef fec t (15)A2 ) + ( e f f e c t ( 2 2 ) /x2 ) ) / 3 4020 PRINT "VARIANCE IN THIS EXPERIMENT =";Veff 4030 PRINT"( 0 IS THE IDEAL RESULT)" 4035SE=SQR(Veff)4040 PRINT "STAN DARD ERROR =";SE 40501F SE=0 THEN SE=.00000000000000001 4055ENDPROC5000DEFPROCSIGNIFICANCE 5O1OFOR I%=1 TO 23 5020t ( 1% )=ef f ect( 1% )/S E 5025PRINT" VARIAS LE ";I% ," ",t(I% )5030NEXT 5040ENDPROC 6000DEFPROCEDIT 6001 CLOSE£06005INPUT"DO YOU WISH TO EDIT",N$6007 IF N$="N" ENDPROC 6020N=24:I=06030INPUT " NAME OF FILE ",NAMES6040Y=OPENIN NAMES6080REPEAT60901=1+16100INPUT£Y,data(I)6 1 10PRINT I" VALUE ";data(I)6120INPUT"CHANGE",QS 6130IF Q$="N" THEN 6200 6140PRINT"TYPE CHANGE X,Y"6150INPUT d a ta (I)6200UNTIL I=N 6240CLOSE£0 6250Y=OPENOUT NAMES

Page 198: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

6280 FOR 1=1 TO N 6290 PRINT£Y,data(I)6310NEXT6320CLOSE£06900ENDPROC7000DEFPROCREAD7001 CLOSE£07010Y=OPENIN NAMES7015I=0:N=247020REPEAT70301=1+17040INPUT£Y,data(I)7050PRINT I " VALUE ";d a ta (I)7060UNTIL I=N 7070CLOSE£0 7080ENDPROC 8000DEFPROCORDER 8005 num%=238010LOCAL temp,swap,count%8020REPEAT8030swap=FALSE8040FOR count%=1 TO num%-180501F t(count% )>=t(count% +1 ) THEN 81008060temp=t( cou nt% )8070t(count%)=t(count%+1 )8080t(count%+1 )=temp8090swap=TRUE8100NEXT8110UNTIL NOT swap 812OFOR l%= 1 TO 23 8130PRINT LABELS(I%);t(I%)8140NEXT8150ENDPROC

>*SPOOL

Page 199: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

REFERENCES

Adamson S.R., Behie L.A., Gaucher G.M., Lesser B.H. (1987) Metabolism of

hybridoma cells in suspension cultures. Evaluation of three commercially

available growth media. In "Commercial production of monoclonal

antibodies: A guide to scale-up" ppl7 (Seaver S.S., Ed) Marcel-Dekker,

N.Y.

Ah-Sing E.(1990). Personnel Communication

Alberts B., Bray D., Lewis L, Raff M., Roberts K., Watson J.D. (1983)

"Molecular biology of the cell" Garland, NY

Al-Rubeai M., Oh S.K.W., Musaheb R., Emery A.N. (1990) Modified cellular

metabolism in hybridomas subjected to hydrodynamic stresses. Biotech.

Lett. 12(5). 323-328

Arathoon W.R., Telling R.C. (1982) Uptake of amino acids and glucose by

BHK 21 Clone 13 suspension cells during cell growth. Dev. Biol. Stand

50, 145-154

Ardawi M.S.M., Newsholme E.A. (1982) Maximum activities of some enzymes

of glycolysis, the TCA, and ketone body and glutamine utilisation

pathways in lymphocytes of rat. Biochem. J. 208, 743-748

Atkinson D.E. (1977) "Cellular energy metabolism and its regulation". Academic

Press, New York

Bâcher M.P., Metgler L.S., Slaber P.L., Nevitt K.L., Boded G.B.(1986) Large

scale production of monoclonal antibodies in suspension culture. Presented

at the 1986 ACC Annual Meeting Division of Microbiology and Biotech.

Page 200: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Bagshawe K.D.(1987) Antibody directed enzymes revive anti-cancer pro-drugs

concept. Br. J. Cane. 56, 531-532

Bailey I.E., Ollis D.F. (1986) "Biochemical engineering fundamentals" (Second

edition). McGraw-Hill, New York

Batt B.C., Kompala D.S.(1989) A structured kinetic modelling framework for

the dynamics of hybridoma growth and monoclonal antibody production

in continuous suspension cultures. Biotech. Bioeng. 34, 515-531

Bebbington C., Hentschel C. (1985) The expression of recombinant DNA

products in mammalian cell. Trends in Biotechnology 3, 314-317

Bell S.L. (1990). Genetic modification of glutamine metabolism in hybridoma:

effect on cell physiology. PhD thesis, University of Surrey

Bender D.A.(1985) "Amino Acid Metabolism" (second edition). John Wiley and

Sons, Chichester.

Benjamin A.M., Verjee Z.H., Quastel J.H. (1978) effects of ammonium ions

on spontaneous action potentials and on the contents of sodium,

potassium, ammonium anc chloride ions in brain in vitro. J. Neurochem

30, 131-143

Birch J.R., Thompson P.W., Lambert K., Boraston R. (1985) The large scale

cultivation of hybridoma cells producing monoclonal antibodies. In "Large

-Scale Mammalian Cell Culture" (Feder J., and Tolbert W.R., eds)ppl

-18 Academic Press,

Birch J.R. (1984) Presented at the 188th meeting of the American Chemical

Society, Philadelphia, P.A. August 26-31

Page 201: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Bloom A.D., Nakamura F.T. (1974) Establishment of tetraploid immunoglobulin

producing cell line from hybridisation of two human lymphocyte lines.

Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.(USA) 71, 2689-2692

Boraston R., Thompson P.W., Garland S., Birch J.R. (1984) Growth and

oxygen requirements of antibody producing mouse hybridoma cells in

suspension culture. Dev. Biol. Stand. 55, 103-111

Boyton A.L., Whitfield J.F.(1983) The role of cyclic AMP in cell proliferation :

A critical assessment of the evidence. Adv. Cyclic Nucleotides Res. 15, 193-294

Bree M.A., Dhuijai P., Geoghegan R.F., Robnett B. (1988) Kinetic modelling

of hybridoma cell growth and immunoglobulin production in large scale

suspension culture. Biotech. Bioeng. 32, 1067-1072

Brindle K.M., Braddock P., Sri-Pathmanathan R.M. (1990) Fourth Scientific

Report to SERC Biotechnology Directorate.

Brodski P.M., Parham P., Barnstable C.J., Crumpton M.J., Bodmer W.F.

(1979) Monoclonal antibodies for analysis of the HLA system. Imm.Rev. 47, 3

Buchanan T.W. (1984) immunochemical and diagnostic uses of monoclonal

antibodies in leprosy and gonorrhea. In " hybridoma technology in

agricultural and veterinary research" (Stem N.J., Gamble H.R.,) pplOl

-110. Rowman and Allahead, New Jersey.

Buell D.N. Fahey J.L. (1969) Limited periods of gene expression in

immunoglobulin-synthesizing cells. Science 164, 1524-1525

Page 202: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Bundersen G., Drake R.G., Kelley k., Worsley I.G., Friesen H.G., Sehon A.H.

(1980) Radioimmunoassay of human growth hormone using monoclonal

antibodies. J. Clin. Endocrin. 51, 1477-1479

Burnett F.M. (1957) "The clonal selection Theory Of Acquired Immunity".

Cambridge University Press

Burrows M.T. (1910) The cultivation of tissues of the chick embryo outside the

body. J. Amer. Med. Assoc. 55, 2057-2058

Burrows M.T., Neyman C.A. (1917) Studies in the metabolism of cells in vitro

I. The toxicity of a-amino acids for embryonic chicken cells. J. Exp. Med. 25, 93

Bushel! M.E., Fryday A. (1983) The application of materials balancing to the

characterisation of sequential secondary metabolite formation in

Streptomyces cattelya NRRL 8075. J. Gen. Micro. 129, 1733-1741

Bushell M.E., Bell S.L., Sanders P.G., Scott M.F., Spier R.E., Wardell J.N.

(1988) Third Scientific Report to the SERC Animal Cell Biotechnology Directorate.

Butler M.(1985) Growth inhibition in high density microcarrier cultures. Dev. Biol. Stand. 60, 269-280

Butler M., Thilly W.G.(1984) seeding density effect and amino acid utilisation. in vitro 18, 213

Byars N., Kidson C. (1970) Programmed synthesis and export of

immunoglobulin by synchronised myeloma cells. Nature 226, 648-650

Page 203: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Carrel A., Burrows M.T. (1911) On the physicochemical regulation of the

growth of tissues. The effects of the dilution of the medium on the

growth of the spleen. J.Exp.Med. 13, 562-570

Cartwright T., Crespo A. (1990) Production of a pharmaceutical enzyme: Animal

cells or E.coli. Presented at the 10th meeting of ES ACT, Avignon, May

7-11.

Ceriotti G.(1985) Ornithine carbamoyl transferase. In : Methods of enzymatic

analysis" (Bergmeyer H.U.,ed)pp319 Springer-Verlag, Munich

Chiang L.E., Silnutzer J., Pipas J.M., Barnes D.W. (1984) "Methods for

serum-free culture of epithelial and fibroblastic cells".p265 A.R. Liss.

New York.

Cleveland W.L., Wood I., Erlanger B.F. (1983) Routine large-scale production

of monoclonal antibodies in a protein-free culture medium. J Immunol,

Meth. 56, 221-234

Commoy-Chevalier M.J., Robert-Galliot B., Chany C. (1978) Effect of

ammonium salts on the interaction of the interferon-induced antiviral state

of mouse L cells. J.Gen. Virol. 41, 541-547

Coulepis A.G., Veale M.F., McGregor A., Komitsher M., Gust I.D. (1985)

Detection of hepatitus A virus with monoclonal antibodies. J. Clin.

Microb. 22, 119

Croce C.M., Kopowski K. (1974) The dominant and recessive nature of

malignancy. J.Exp. Med., 139, 1350

Page 204: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Darfler F J . Insel P. A. (1982) Serum-free culture of resting PHA-stimulated and

transformed lymphoid cell lines including hybridomas. Exp.Cell Res. 138. 287-279

Darzinliewicz Z., Traganos F. (1982) RNA content and chromatin structure

cycling in cycling and non-cycling cell populations studied by flow

cytometry. In "Genetic Expression in the Cell Cycle" (Padilla G.M.,

McCarty K.S., eds)ppl03-128. Academic press, NY.

Das M. (1980) mitogenic hormone-induced intracellular message: Assay and

partial characterisation of an activator of DNA replication induced by

epidermal growth factor. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.. USA. 77, 112-116

Davidson R.L., O’Malley K.A., Wheeler T.B. (1976) Polyethylene glycol-induced

mammalian cell hybridisation: effect of polyethylene glycol molecular

weight and concentration. Somat. Cell Genet. 2, 271-279

Dean R.T., Jessup W., Roberts C.R. (1984) The effects of exogenous amines

on mammalian cells with particular reference to membrane flow. Biochem.J. 217, 27

DeDuve C., deBarsy T., Poole B., Trouvet P., Tulkens P., VanHoof F. (1974)

Lysosomotrophic agents. Biochem. Pharmacol. 23, 2495

Dillman R.O., Royston I. (1984) Application of monoclonal antibodies in cancer

therapy. Br. Med. Bull. 40 (31. 240

Dodge T.C., and Hu W-S (1986) Growth of hybridoma cells under different

agitation conditions. Biotech. Lett. 8 , 683-686

Page 205: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Eagle H. (1955a) Nutrition needs of mammalian cells in tissue culture. Science

122. 501-504

Eagle H. (1955b) The specific amino acid requirements of a mammalian cell

(strain L) in tissue culture. J. Biol.Chem 214, 839-852

Eagle H.(1959) Amino acid metabolism in mammalian cell cultures. Science 130.

432-437

Eagle H., Piez K., Levy M. (1961) the intracellular amino acid concentration

required for protein synthesis in cultured human cells. J. Biol. Chem.

2039-2042

Eagle H., Piez K. (1962) The population-dependent requirement by cultured

mammalian cells for metabolites which they can synthesize. J. Exp. Med.

116. 29-43

Earle W.R., Sanford K.K., Evans V.J., Waltz H.K., Shannon J.E. (1951) The

influence of inoculum size on proliferation in tissue culture. J. Natl.

Cane. Inst. 12, 133

Emery A.N., Lavery M., Williams B., Handa A. (1987) Large scale hybridoma

culture. In "Plant and Animal Cells: Process Possibilities" (Webb C.,

Mavituna F. eds) pp 137-148. Ellis Norwood Ltd., Chichester.

Enders J.R., Weler T.H., Robbins F.C. (1949) Cultivation of the lansing strain

of poliomyelitus virus in cultures of various human embryonic tissues.

Science 109, 85-86

Page 206: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Eperietos A., Britton K.E., Mather S., Shepherd J., Granowska M., Taylor

-Papadimitriou J., Nimmon C.C., Durbin H., Hawkins L.R., Malpas J.S.,

Bodmer W.F. (1982) Targeting of I125 labelled tumours associated

monoclonal antibodies to ovarian, breast, and gastrointestinal tumours.

Lancet, 2 999

Epstein N., Epstein M. (1986) The hybridoma technology: I Production of

monoclonal antibodies. In "Advances in Biotechnological Processes Vol

6 " (Mizrahi, A., Ed) ppl79-218, Alan R. Liss Inc.NY.

Fantl V.E., Wang D.Y. (1982) Production and characterisation of a mammalian

antibody to progesterone. J. Steroid Biochem. 17, 125

Farrands P., Pimm M.V., Embleton M.J. (1982) Radioimmunodetection of

human colorectal cancers by an antitumour monoclonal antibody. Lancet

2, 397

Fazekas de St Groth S. (1983) Automated production of monoclonal antibodies

in a cytostat. J. Immunol. Method. 57, 121-136

Ferguson M., Schild G.C., Minor P.D., Yates B.J., Spitz M. (1982) A

hybridoma line secreting antibody to polio virus type 3-D antigen:

detection in virus harvest of two D- antigen population. J. Gen Virol.

54, 437-442

Fleishaker R.J., Sinskey A.I., (1983) Oxygen demand and supply in cell culture.

Eur. J. Appl. Microbiol. Biotech. 12, 193-197

Floras J., Chang H., Baserga R. (1978) Stimulated DNA synthesis in frog

nuclei by cytoplasmic extracts of temperature-sensitive mammalian cells.

Science 201, 651-652

Page 207: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Fischer A. (1941) Die bedeuntung der cuminosauren fur die Gewebezellen in

vitro. ACTA physiol. Scand. 2, 143

Fischer A. (1948) growth of animal cells in artificial medium. Proc.Soc. Exp

Biol. Med. 67, 40-46

Fung M.S.C., Sun N-C., Chang N.T., Chang T.W. (1987) Monoclonal

antibodies that neutralise HIV-1 virions and inhibit syncytium formation

by infected cell. Bio/technology 5, 940-946

Furasawa E., Cutting W. (1962) Inhibitory effects of ammonium sulphate on

Columbia SK virus propagation in mouse ascites tumour cells in vitro

Pro. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. H i , 71

Galante Y.M. (1989) Genetically engineered human therapeutic drugs: a survey

of registered approved products undergoing registration and development.

Chimiacaogg 7, 89-93

Galfre G., Howe S.C., Milstein C., Butcher G.W., Howard J.C. (1977)

Antibodies to major histocompatibility antigens produced by hybrdi cell

lines. Nature 266, 550-555

Galfre G., Milstein C. (1981) Preparation of monoclonal antibodies: strategies

and procedures, methods in Enzymol. 73, 3-46

Garatun-Tjelsto O., Pryme I.F., Weltman J.K., Dowben R.M. (1976) Synthesis

and secretion of light-chain immunoglobulin in two successive cycles of

synchronised plastocytoma cells. J.Cell.Biol. 6 8 , 232-239

Page 208: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Gerhard W., Yewdell J., Frankel M.E., Webster R. (1981) Antigenic structure

of influenza virus haemagglutinin defined by hybridoma antibodies. Nature

290. 713-717

Glacken M.W., Fleischaker R.J., Sinskey A.J. (1986) Reduction of waste

product excretion via nutrient control : possible strategies for maximising

product and cell yields on serum on cultures of mammalian cells.

Biotech. Bioeng. 28, 1376-1389

Glacken M.W. (1988) Catabolic control of mammalian cell culture.

Bio/Technology 6 , 1041-1050

Glacken M.W., Adema E., Sinskey A.J. (1989) Mathematical descriptions of

hybridoma culture kinetics: II The relationship between thiol chemistry

and the degradation of serum activity

Glassy M.C., Tharakan J.P., Chau P.C. (1988) Serum-free media in hybridoma

culture and monoclonal antibody production. Biotechnol. Bioeng. 32,

1015-1028

Coding J.W. (1983) "Monoclonal antibodies: principles and practice". Academic

Press. New York.

Griffiths J.B. (1972) The effect of cell population density on nutrient uptake and

cell metabolism: a comparative study of human diploid and heteroploid

cell lines. J. Cell Sci 10, 515-524

Griffiths J.B., Pirt S.J. (1967) The uptake of amino acids by mouse cells (strain

LS) during growth in batch culture and chemostat culture: the influence

of cell growth rate. Proc. Roy. soc. B. 168, 421-438

Page 209: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Gutowski J.K., Cohen S. (1983) Induction of DNA synthesis in isolated nuclei

by cytoplasmic factors from spontaneously proliferating and mitogen

-activated lymphoid cells, cell Immunol. 75, 300-311

Ham R.G.(1984) Formulation of basal nutrient media. In "Methods for

preparation of media supplements, and substrata for serum-free animal

cell cultures (Barnes., Sirbasku., Sato., eds) pp3-21. A.R. Liss N.Y.

Ham R.F., Swim H.E. (1957-58). The amino acid requirements of rabbit

fibroblasts strain RM 3-56. J. Gen. Physiol. 41,91

Hames D.B. (1981) An introduction to polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. In

"Gel Electrophoresis of Proteins: a practical approach" (Eds Hames B.D.,

Rickwood D.) ppl-86 IRL press, Oxford.

Handa-Corrigan A.(1990) Oxygenating animal cell cultures: the remaining

problems. In "Animal Cell Biotechnology Vol 4". (Spier R.E., Griffiths

J.B. Eds). ppl23-131. Academic Press London.

Handa-Corrigan A., Emery A.N., Spier R.E. (1989). Effect of gas-liquid

interfaces on the growth of suspended mammalian cells: mechanisms of

cell damage by bubbles. Enzyme and Microbial Technol. H , 230-235

Harrison R.G. (1907) Observations on the developing living nerve fibre. Proc.

Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 4, 140-143

Hochhauser S.J., Stein J., Stein G.S. (1981) Gene expression and cell cycle

regulation. Int. Rev. Cytol. 71, 95-243

Page 210: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Hoffman G.J., Sondra G., Lazarowitz H., Hayward S.D.(1986) Monoclonal

antibodies against a 250,000 dalton glycoprotein of Epstein-Barr virus

identified as a membrane antigen and a neutralising antibody. Proc. Natl.

Acad. Sci 77, 2979-2983

Holley R.W., Kieman J.A. (1971) Studies on serum factors required by 3T3

cells and 3U3T3 cells. In "Growth control in cultures" (Wolsenholme

G.G., Knight J., eds) pp3-10 Churchill Livingstone, London

Holmes B.E., Watchom E. (1927) Studies in the metabolism of tissues growing

in vitro I. Ammonia and urea production by the kidney. Biochem J. 21,

327-334

Hood L.E.., Weismann I.L., Wood W.B., Wilson J.H. (1984) "Immunology"

(second edition). The Benjamin Cummings Publishing Co, California.

Howard J.C., Butcher G.W. (1979) Antibodies as tools to analyse serological

and genetic complexities of major transplantation antigens. Immunol. Rev.

47, 139r -

Hume D.A., Radik J.L., Berber J.L., Weideman M.J. (1978) Aerobic glycolysis

and lymphocyte transformation. Biochem J. 174, 703-709

Hume D.A., Weidemnan M.J.(1979) J. Natl Cancer Inst. 62, 3

Ito M., McLimans W.F. (1981) Ammonia inhibition of interferon synthesis.

Cell Biol Int. Rep. 5, 661-666

Jack G.W., Wade H.E. (1987) Immunoaffinity chromatography of clinical

products. Trends in Biotech. 5, 91-95

Page 211: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

James K. (1990) therapeutic monoclonal antibodies-their production and

applications. In "Animal cell biotechnology volume 4" (Spier R.E.,

Griffiths J.B., eds) pp205-258. Academic Press., London

James K., Bell G.T. (1987) Human monoclonal antibody production. Current and

future prospects. J. Immunol. Method. 100, 5-40

Jazwinsld S.M., Wang J.L., Edelamn G.M. (1976) initiation of replication in

chromosomal DNA induced by extracts from proliferating cells. Proc.

Natl Acad. Sci. USA. 73, 2231-2235

Jeme N.K., Nordin A.A. (1963) Plaque formation in agar by single antibody

producing cells. Science 140. 405

Jensen E.M., Liu O.C. (1961) Studies of the inhibitory effects of ammonium

ions in several virus-tissue culture systems. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med.

107. 834-838

Jeme N.K. (1974) Towards a network theory of the immune system. Ann.

Immunol. (Paris) 125, 373

Jessup W., Shirazi M.F., Dean R.T. (1983) Inhibition of some spontaneously

secretory processes in macrophages and fibroblasts by ammonium chloride.

Biochem. Pharmacol. 32.(181 2703

Karkare S.B., Phillips P.G., Burke D.H., Dean R.C. (1985) Continuous

production of monoclonal antibodies by chemostatic and immobilised

hybridoma culture. In "Large scale mammalian cell culture" (Feder J.,

Tolbert W.R., eds) ppl28-150. Academic Press, New York

Page 212: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Kemshead J.T., Heath L., Gibson E.M., Katz F., Richmond F., Treaven J.,

Vgelstad J.(1986) Magnetic micrspheres and monoclonal antibodies for

the depletion of neuroblastoma cells fro bone marrow: experience,

improvements and observations. Br. J. Cane. 54, 771-778

Kemey J.F., Radburch A., Lyesegang B., Rajewsky K. (1979) A new mouse

myeloma cell line that has lost immunoglobulin expression but permits

the construction of antibody secreting hybrid cell lines. J. immunol.

meth. 123, 1548-1550

Kluft C., van Wezel A.L., van der Velden C.A.M., Emeis J.J., Verheijen J.H.,

Wijngards G.(1983) Large-scale production of extrinsic (tissue-type)

plasminogen activator from human melanoma cells. In "Advances in

Biotechnological Processes Vol2:. (Mizrahi A., and van Weizel A.L.,

eds) pp 97-110, Alan R.Liss, new York.

Kohler G., Milstein C. (1975) Continuous cultures of fused cells secreting

antibody of predefined specificity. Nature 256, 495-497

Kozbor D., Lagarde A.E., Roder J.C. (1982) Human hybridomas constructed

with antigen specific EPV-transformed cell lines. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci.

79, 6651-6655

Laemmli U.K. (1970). Cleavage of structural proteins during the assembly of

the head of bacteriophage T4. Nature 227, 680-685

Lambert K., Birch J.R. (1985) Cell growth media. In "Animal Cell

Biotechnology" (Spier R.E., Griffiths J.B., eds) pp85-122, Academic

Press, London.

Page 213: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Lavery M., Emery A.N., Jefferies R., keams M.J., Price D.G. Hybridoma

growth and metabolism in serum supplemented and defined ’serum-free’

medium (unpublished)

Lazar A. Reuveny S., Geva J., Marcus D., Silberstien L., Ariel N., Epstein

N., Altbaum Z., Sinai J., Mizrahi A. (1987) Production of

carcinoembryonic antigen from a human colon adenocarcinoma cell line.

I Large scale cultivation of carcinoembryonic antigen producing cells on

cylindric cellulose-based microcarriers. Dev. Biol. Stand. 66, 423-428

Lebhertz W.B. (1987) Batch cultivation of monoclonal antibody by large scale

suspension culture. In "Commercial production of monoclonal antibodies:

A guide to scale-up" (Seaver S.S., ed) pp93, Marcel-Dekker, NY

Leffert H.L., Kock K.S., Moran T., Rubalcava B. (1979) Hormonal control of

rat liver regeneration. Gastroenterology 76, 1470-1482

Lehninger A.L. (1975) "Biochemistry" Worth Publishers, NY

Leudeking R.(1967) Fermentation process kinetics. In "Biochemical and

Biological Engineering Vol 1" (Blakebrough N., ed) pp205 Academic

Press London.

Levintow L., Eagle H., Piez K.A. (1957) The role of glutamine in protein

biosynthesis in tissue culture. J. Biol. Chem 227, 929-941

Levintow L., Eagle H. (1961) Biochemistry of cultured mammalian cells. Ann.

Rev. Biochem. 30, 605-640

Lewis M.R.(1922) Importance of dextrose in the medium for tissue culture.

J.Exp.Med. 53, 317-322

Page 214: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Lewis M.R., Lewis W.H. (1912) the cultivation of chick tissues in media of

known composition. Anat. Rec. 6, 207-211

Lowry O.H., Rosebrough N.J., Farr A.L., Randall A.J. (1951) Protein

measurement with the Folin-phenol reagent. J. Biol. Chem. 193, 265-270

Littlefield J.W. (1964) Selection of hybrids from matings of fibroblasts in vitro

and their presumed recombinants. Science 145, 709-710

Lloyd D., Poole R.K., Edwards S.W. (1982) "The cell division cycle: temporal

organization and control of cellular growth and reproduction". Academic

Press, Irandon

Luan Y.T., Mutharasan R., Magee W.E. (1987) Factors governing lactic acid

formation in long term cultivation of hybridoma cells. Biotech lett. 9,

752-756

Lubiniecki A.S. (1987) Pharmaceutical applications of recombinant DNA-modified

mammalian cells. Developments in Industrial Microbiology 28, 133-138

Macmillan J.C., Wheatly D.N. (1981) Amino acid pools in mitotic and

interphase HeLa cells. Exp Cell Res. 133, 470-475

Male D., Champion B., Cooke A. (1989) "Advanced immunology" Gower

medical, London.

Marder P., Maciak R.S., Fonts R.L., Baker R.S., Starling J. (1990) selective

cloning of hybridoma cells for enhanced immunoglobulin production

using flow cytometric cell sorting and automated laser nephelometry

Cytometry 11(4). 498-505

Page 215: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Matsushita S., Robert-Giroff M., Rusche J., Koito A., Hatton T., Hoshino H.,

Javaherian K., Takiatsuti K., Potney S. (1988) Characterisation of a

human immunodeficiency virus neutralising monoclonal antibody, and

mapping of the epitope. J. Gen. Virol. 62, 2107-2214

McCoy T.A., Maxwell M., Neuman R.E. (1956) The amino acid requirements

of the Walker carcinoma 256 in vitro. Cane Res. 16, 979

McCoy T.A., Maxwell M., Kruse P.P. (1959a) the amino acid requirements of

the Jensen sarcoma in vitro. Cane. Res. 19, 591

McCoy T.A., Maxwell M., Kruss P.P. (1959b) Amino acid requirements of the

Novikoff hepatoma in vitro .Proc. Roy. Soc. Exp. Biol. 100, 115

McCullough K.C., Spier R.E. (1990) "Monoclonal Antibodies in Biotechnology:

Theoretical and Practical Aspects". Cambridge University Press.

McKeehan W.L. (1982) Glycolysis, glutaminolysis and cell proliferation. Cell

Biol Int. Rep. 6, 635

Meister A. (1965) "Biochemistry of the amino acids" second edition ,volume 2.

Academic Pres., NY

Mercer W.E., Nelson D., Deleo A.B., Old L.J., and Baserga R. (1982)

microinjection of monoclonal antibody to protein p53 inhibits serum

induced DNA synthesis in 3T3 cells. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 79,630962

Merten O-W., Reiter S., Himmler G., Scheire W., Katinger H. (1985)

Production kinetics of monoclonal antibodies. Dev. Biol. Stand. 60, 219

-227

Page 216: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Merten O-W. (1987) Concentrating mammalian cells. I Large Scale animal cell

culture. Trends in Biotechnology 5, 230-237

Meyer L.J., Lafferty M.A., Raducha M.G., Foster G.I., Goglin K.J., Harris

H. (1982) Production of a monoclonal antibody to human alkaline

phosphatase. Clin. Chem ACTA. 126, 109

Miller W.M., Blanch H., Wilke C. (1986) Kinetic analysis of hybridoma growth

in continuous suspension culture. Presented at ACS National Meeting,

September.

Mitchison J.M. (1971) "The Biology of The Cell Cycle". Cambridge University

Press.

Monod J. (1942) "Recherches sur la croissance des cultures bactériennes".

Hermann, Paris

Morgan J.F., Morton H.J., Parker R.C. (1950) Nutrition of animal cells in

tissue culture. I. initial studies on a synthetic medium. Proc. Soc. Exp.

Biol. Med. 73, 1-8

Morgan J.F., Morten H. (1957) The nutrition of animal tissues cultivated in

vitro. IV Amino acid requirements of chick embryonic heart fibroblasts.

J. Biophys. Biochem. Cytol. 3, 141

Ohmori H., Yamamoto I. (1982) Mechanisms of augmentation of the antibody

response in vitro by 2-mercatoethanol in murine lymphocytes. J. Exp.

Med. 155, 1277-1290

Page 217: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Ohmori H., Yamamoto I. (1983a) Mechanism of augmentation of the antibody

response in vitro by 2-mercaptoethanol in murine lymphocyes II. A

major role of mixed disulfide between 2-mercaptoethanol and cysteine.

Cell Immunol 79, 173-185

Ohmori H., Yamamoto I. (1983a) Mechanism of augmentation of the antibody

response in vitro by 2-mercaptoethanol in murine lymphocyes HI serum

bound and oxidised 2-mercaptoethanol are available for the augmentation.

Cell Immunol 79, 186-196

Patterson M.K.(1972) Uptake and utilisation of amino acids in cell cultures. In

" Growth, nutrition and metabolism of cells on culture" (Rothblat G.H.,

Cristofalo V.J., eds) pl71. Academic press, NY

Pederson P.L. (1978) Prog. Exp. Tumour Res. 22, 190

Petersen I.E., Mclntire L.V., Papoutsakis E.T. (1988) Biotechnology 7, 229

Phillips A.W., Ball G.D., Fantes K.H., Finter N.B., Johnston M.D. (1985)

Experience in the cultivation of mammalian cells on the 80001 scale. In

"Large-scale mammalian cell culture" (Feder J., and Tolbert W.R., eds)

pp87-96 Academic press. New York.

Phillips H.A., Scharer J.M., Bols N.C., Moo-Young M. (1987) Effect of

oxygen on antibody productivity in hybridoma culture. Biotech. Lett. 9,

745-750

Piez K.A., Eagle H. (1958) The free amino acid pool of cultured human cells.

J Biol Chem. 231, 533-545

Page 218: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Pirt S J . (1985) "Principles of Microbe and Cell Cultivation". Blackwell Scientific

Publications, Oxford.

Pirt S.J., Righelato R.C. (1967) Effect of growth rate on the synthesis of

Penicillin by Pénicillium chrysogenum in batch and chemostat culure.

Appl. Microbiol 15, 1284-1290

Plackett R.L., Burman J.P.(1946) The design of optimum multifactorial

experiments. Biometrika, 33, 305

Pollin G.A. (1980) Monoclonal antibodies against streptococcal antigens. In

"Monoclonal antibodies and hybridomas: a new dimension in biological

analysis" (Kennet R.H., McKeam T.T., Bechtol K.B., eds) pp353-360,

Plenum press, NY

Prentice H.G., Janossy G., Price-Jones L., Trejdosiewicz L.K., Panjwani D.,

Graphakos S., Ivory K., Blacklock H.A., Gilmore M.J., Tidman N.,

Skeggs D.B., Bill S., Patterson J., Hoffbrand A. (1984) Depletion of

T-lymphocytes in donor marrow prevents significant graft-versus-host

disease in matched allogenic leukaemic marrow transplant recipients.

Lancet i, 472

Rao P.N., Johnson R.T., Sperming K. (1982) "Premature chromosome

condensation: application in basic clinical and mutation research"

Academic press, NY.

Reitzer L.J., Wice B.M., Kennel D. (1979) Evidence that glutamine, not sugar,

is the major energy source for cultured HeLa cells. J. Biol. Chem. 254.

2669-2676

Page 219: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Remmers J. (1982) production and characterisation of monoclonal antibody to

cholera toxin. Infection and Immunity. 37, 70-76

Reuveny S., Velez D., MacMillan J.D., Miller L. (1986) Factors affecting cell

growth and monoclonal antibody production in stirred reactors. J.

Immunol. Meth. 86, 53-59

Reuveny S. Lazar A. (1989) Equipment and procedures for production of

monoclonal antibodies in culture. In "Monoclonal antibodies: products

and applications. Adv. in Biotech. Proc. vol 11" (Mizrahi A., ed). A.R.

Liss, NY

Ringold G., Dieckmann B., lee F.J.(1981) Co-expression and amplification of

dihydrofolate reductase cDNA and Escherichia coli xGPRT gene in

Chinese Hamster Ovary cells. Mol Appl. Genet, i , 165-175

Roberts R.S., Hsu H.W., Lin K.D., Yang T.J. (1976) Amino acid metabolism

of myeloma cells in culture. J cell Sci. 21, 609-615

Roitt I. (1988) "Essential immunology"

Rose W.C.(1938) the nutritive significance of the amino acids. Physiol. Rev.

18, 109

Rous P., Jones F.S.(1916) A method for obtaining suspensions of living cells

from the fixed tissues, and for plating out of individual cells. J. Exp.

Med. 23, 549-555

Roux W. (1885) Beitrage zur entwicklungsmechanik des embryo. Z.

Biol. (Munich) 21, 411-524

Page 220: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Rowe D.A (1980) Immunology Today 1, 30.

Rowley B., Pirt S.J. (1972) Melatonin production by Apergillus nidulans in

batch and chemostat culture. J. Gen Micro. 72, 553-563

Ruddle F.H., Kucheleral R.S (1974) Sci Amer. 231, 39

Rudge J., Desai M.A., Shojodsadaty S.A., Hyddiatt A. (1987) Continuous

culture of murine hybridomas with integrated recovery of monoclonal

antibody. In " Modem approaches to animal cell technology" (Spier

R.E., Griffiths J.B., eds) pp556 Butterworths, Guildford.

Rupp R.P. (1985) Use of cellular microencapsulation in large-scale production

of monoclonal antibodies. In "Large Scale Mammalian Cell Culture"

(Feder J., Tolbert W.R.,eds) ppl9-38, Academic press, New York

Ryan W.L., Cardin C. (1966) Amino acids and ammonia of fetal calf serum

during storage, proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 123, 27

Schmidt E., Schmidt F.W. (1985) Glutamate dehydrogenase. In "Methods of

enzymatic analysis" (Bermeyer H.U., ed) pp217. Springer-Verlar, Munich

Scwaber J., Cohen E.P. (1974) pattern of immunoglobulin synthesis and

assembly in a human-mouse somatic cell hybrid clone. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. 71, 2203

Seaver S.S., Rudolph J.L ., Gabriels J.E. (1984) A rapid HPLC technique for

monitoring amino acid utilisation in cell culture. BioTechniques 2, 254 260

Page 221: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Secher D.S., Burke D.C. (1981) A membrane-based system for large-scale

purification of human leukocyte interferon. Nature 285, 446-450

Seglen P.O., Reith A. (1977) Ammonia inhibits protein secretion in isolated rat

hepatocytes. Biochim. Biophys. ACTA.496, 29

Shapiro A.L., Vinuela E., Maizel J.V. (1967) Biochem. Biophs. Res. Commun.

28, 815

Sher A., Snary D. (1985) Specific inhibition of morphogenesis of Trypanosoma

cruzi by a monoclonal antobody. Nature 300, 639-640

Shulman M., Wilde C.D., Kohler G. (1978) A better cell-line for making

hybridomas secreting specific antibodies. Nature 276, 269-270

Sikovirs J.G., Shirato J.G., Gyroky F., Cabiness J.R., Howe C.D. (1970)

"Leukaemia lymphoma yearbook". Medical Publishers, Chicago.

Sinclair C.G., Kristianson B. (1987) "Fermentation kinetics and modelling"

(Bu’Lock J.D., ed). Open University press, Milton Keynes.

Skinner M.A., Ting R., Langlois A.L, Weinhole K.J., Lyerly H.K., lavanevian

K., Mathews T.J. (1988) Characterisation of a neutralising monoclonal

antibody to HIV enveloped proteins. AIDS Res. Human retroviruses 4,

187-197

Spier R.E. (1990) Contemporary issues in animal cell biotechnology. In "Animal

Cell Biotechnology Volume 4." (Spier R.E., Griffiths J.B., eds) ppl-15

Academic Press, London.

Page 222: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Stahli G., Staehelin T., Miggianov V., Schmidt J., and Haring P. (1980) High

frequencies of Ag-specific hybridoma: dependence on immunisation

parameters and production by spleen cell analysis. J. Immunol Methods

32, 297-304

Storch M.J., Licht T., Petersen K.G., Obermeier R., Kerp L. (1987) Specificity

of monoclonal anti-human insulin antibodies. Diabetes 36, 1005

Stuart M.C., Walinchowski C.M., Underwood P.A., Hussain S., Harman D.F.,

Rathjen D.A., Van Stumer S.P. (1983) monoclonal antibodies to human

growth hormone. J Immunol Meth. 61, 33

Sullivan C.W., Volcani B.E. (1981) Silicon in the metabolism of diatoms. In

"Silicon and siliconaceous structures in biological systems" (Simpson

T.L., Volcani B., eds) pp 15-42. Springer-Verlag, Berlin

Takahaski M., Yagi Y., Moore G.E., Pressman D. (1969) Immunoglobulin

production in synchronised cultures of human haematopoietic cell lines.I

variation of cellular immunoglobulin level with the generation cycle. J

Immunol. 103, 834-843

Tharakan J.P., Chau P.C. (1986) serum-free fed-batch production of IgM.

Biotech. Lett. 8, 457

Tharakan J.P., lucas A., Chau P.C.(1986) Hybridoma growth and antibody

secretion in serum-supplemented and low protein serum-free media. J.

Immunol. Meth. 94, 225-235

Thomas E.K., Weber J.N., McClure J., Claphamm P.R., Singhal M.C., Shriver

M.K., Weiss R.A. (1988) Neutralising monoclonal antibodies to the AIDS

virus. AIDS 2, 25-29

Page 223: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Thornhill P. (1989) Personal communication

Thorpe J.S. (1989) An examination of the growth inhibitory metabolites of a

murine hybridoma cell line. PhD Thesis, University of Surrey.

Tonegawa R. (1983) Nature 276, 269-270

Toohey J.L (1975) Sulphydryl dependence in primary explant haemopoietic cells

inhibition of grwoth. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci 72, 73-77

Van Brunt J. (1988) Molecular farming: transgenic animals as bioreactors.

Bio/technology 6, 1149-1154

Velez D., Reuveny S., Miller L., MacMillan J.D. (1986) Kinetics of

monoclonal antibody production in low serum growth medium. J

Immunol Meth. 86, 45-52

Warburg O. (1930) "The metabolism of tumours". Constable, London

Warburg O., Kubowitz F. (1927) Stoffwechsel wachsender zellen. Biochem Z.

189. 242-248

Weber K., Osborn M. (1969) The reliability of molecular weight determination

by dodecyl suplphate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoreisis.J. Biol. Chem.

244. 4406

Wergeland I., Walker C., Ericcson R. (1987) Hybridoma culture for continuous

production of monoclonal antibody: a fractional factorial design experiment

for process development. In "Modem approaches to animal cell

technology" (Spier R.E., Griffiths J.B., eds) pp795. Butterworths,

Guildford.

Page 224: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

White P.R.(1949) Prolonged survival of excised animal tissue in nutrients of

precisely known constitution. J Cell. Comp. Physiol. 34, 7812-7819

Whitfield J.F., MacManus J.P., Boynton A.L., Durkin J., Jones A. (1982)

Futures of calcium, calcium-binding protein, cyclic AMP and protein

kinases in the quest for an understanding of cell proliferation and cancer.

In "Functional regulation at the cellular and molecular levels: (Corradino

R.A., ed) pp 61-87. Elsevier, north Holland.

Whitfield J.F., Boynton A.L., Rixon R.H., Toudale T. (1985) The control of

cell proliferation by calcium, Ca2+-calmodulin, and cyclic AMP. In

"Control of animal cell proliferation" pp331-365, Acad. Press, NY.

Whitson G.L. (1980)" Nuclear-cytoplasmic interactions in the cell cycle"

Academic press, NY.

Wice B.M., Reitzer L.J., Kennell D. (1981) the continuous growth of vertebrate

cells in the absence of sugar. J Biol. Chem. 256, 7812-7819

Wiktor T.J., Koprowski H. (1979) monoclonal antibodies against rabies virus

produced by somatic cell hybridisation: detection of antigenic variants.

Proc. Natl Aca. sci. USA 75, 3938-3942

Wolf C.G.L. (1914) The determination of lactic acid. J. Physiol 48, 341-3

Wright A.F., Green T. P., Smith L.L. (1987) The development of mouse

monoclonal antibodies that bind and neutralise paraquat. Dev. Biol. Stand.

66, 495-501

Page 225: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Yoshida N., Nussenzweig P., Potocnjak V., Nussenzweig V., Aikawa M. (1980)

Hybridoma produces protective antibodies directed against sporozooite

stages of malaria. Science 207, 71

Yoshikura H., Hirokawa J.T., Yamada M. (1967) Syncronised cell division

induced by medium changes. Exp. Cell. Res. 48, 226-228

Zielke H.R., Ozand P.T., Tildon J.T., Seudalian D.A., Comblath N. (1976)

Reciprocal regulation of glucose and glutamine utilisation by cultured

human diploid fibroblasts. J. Cell. Physiol. 95, 41-48

Zielke H.R., Zeilke C.L., Ozand P.T. (1984) Glutamine a major energy source

for cultured mammalian cells. Fed. Proc 43, 121

Zimber A., Visek W.J. (1969) An ammonia generating system and 3H

thymidine incorporation in vivo and in vitro. (Abstract) Fed. Proc.28,

362

Zimber A., Topping D.C. (1970) Metabolic effects of ammonia in ascites

tumour cells and mouse spleen cells in vitro Fed. Proc. 19, 428

Zimmerman U., Vienken J., (1982) Electric field induced cell to cell fusion.

J. Membrane Biol. 67, 165-182

Page 226: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

APPENDIX 5

The following Appendix contains the original "raw" data from the graphs

included in the thesis.

Page 227: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

flCfU&£ 2'Aq 13' ic 2' fM 3 -4 h ' l-4£b i l btf 63 63 /6 $ U To 1!

r --- —

Time ViMte cc-ab 7t> rat. cetts dm weiGfltr Mb 7/7% CO/3C3Chi) plf/ml Xfof/Ml isettftirm/*~i vree,***S9/nt E&g.O*i+/~*11'"H C<yrsc- e&zx>#-//- oonfc•V) A? •3BÜWV-*!')

0 t - w & -a 2'0Ç) 0-24 O-oio 0.0034 7-62 o-sl H i 0/77 /2 0 0086

i t s 041 3-03 0 4 3 0 0 % 6 0034 4-s'6 0-98 l-w 0/40 /-66 0 4%

2 f o 3-61 0-51 & 74 0 - f 2r 0 0 % Û.O034 /2-04 Oil /•/? 0-080 2-00 O/43

20-0 4V? esq 4 4 2 0-63 0-00 0.0039 /9-74 (11 0f( 0-0&4 2-96 0-/9?

i-2-S l-2b l-oi, 768 1*01 0 # 0.0073 22-82 (S3 / • J 2. 0-09f 2-oo O'/fa

4-P0 t - o i I # ?-y/ |-ll O-ifO 0 0074 26-81 1-EO 0 '6 4 O046 2-76 0(47

5 f 0 i -w 0-OO77 2/-75" I-4G 0-56 OOfO 2-76 0-/48

66 f s - n o-u tO-fb 144 075b ooo?4 3/-3i' 2-(0 0-00 0 2/7 0-228

12-0 H t 048 f-03 1-25 0-/66 0.0081 44-09 1-45 0 -OÎ o-oot &31 O

78-0 i - 3 ? O f8 9-22. 1-31 O l H 0. OO60 44-84 246 0 - ^ 0-0/1 2-32 0 -^

fo-o 0 80 0-/I lb-to 3-34 o m 0.0068 (tf-Ol 3-02. ,0-00 0 3-40 0-244

Page 228: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

BsyssEÊCeE 7 3

3-fob 7 4-

3 -6c . 7 S

3 6 c 75"

flME(hours)

V'flSLE CEUsfïlt .l) Total Cells Viability MabtlTEE VOLUMETRICGLuTAMWE

V O L U rt en?/C' A n r l o w f i t

Co u n t(VlO$/»V«j)

EMo« V-( X l 0 s / m l )

CO UN TC * 1 0 * f a d )

E A n o R + t -

(xios/m)) (%) CONC.. f/Vd/ml)(

weo«v-/uglml) » ERRO «■*'/-

(*>M)C è n e Erroè

0 2 /3 0 3 0 2*26 0*32 94 1 4 2 — 2 2 4 O 1-00 0*0?

1 9 3 0 2 6 2 06 0 24 84 3 6 4 0-80 1-80 0*13 1*15 0 08

22-5 4 22 0-59 4 '2 S 0 54 44 1*64 — 2 2 7 0-16 1-41 013

38-5 7 2 0 0 62 7-25 0*6t 1 47 3*12 0*21 2 6 6 0*19 1*32 0*04

45-S 8*72 0*25 4 02 0*26 47 S* 15 0*68 1-80 0*13 2*19 0*15

6 2 5 7*20 1-00 4 / 9 1*28 78 — —» / — —

69'5 3 9 8 0*54 7 5 6 1*05 51 7-Si 0 2 4 2 4 2 0*18 2 5 2 019

37-5 1*47 0 23 7'40 116 2 0 6*57 0*50 0 — 2 6 + 019

AGy<?E 3-8 a -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------—4PAûE 7? ----------------------- ------------------------------------------------ ------ ---------------- *tTimeChrs)

ASPARTATE 6LUTAMATE ASPARAûKVB SERINE. HISTIOiNE ARCriNiruECONC/vgrml Error v-uq/Ml CONC ERRoRV- /vqlivil /uflrMl CPNC ERROC*/- Ai /rwl a»<M

CONC ERRoe.*ÀCONC ERROR •+/- A311 /qiml CONC ercooa A9ImI vV3'Ml

0 25*4 183 72-3 3*54 394 2*44 27*5 1*37 *2-4 0*42 187*8 11*46

14*5 30*0 216 64*5 3-lb 36-4 2 26 24*6 1*22 16*8 0*64 167-5 10*21

225 32 4 2-37 60 8 299 36-0 2-23 2o-5 1*02 12-8 0 -S3 155*8 95»

38*5 32 + 2-33 69-8 3*42 42*0 2-6o 24*6 122 18*6 0 7? Î76-7 ro-76

46*5 23 0 147 55*3 241 24-7 1*84 19 *5 0*4? ll*7 0*48 46 5 994

6 2 5 2*0 2-02 50*4 2-47 310 192 20-1 100 10*9 0 45 42*9 8*71

G9'f 32.0 2*30 64 2 3*15 22-20 13* 14 2 0*95 10*3 0*42 102*3 6*24

97*5 24-4 2-16 54*6 2*66 19-9 1*23 219 3*08 10*3 0*42 75-7 2*99

Page 229: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

Fiûuce 3 8 ^ 3 - 8 b 3 * 8 c t S »8o 3 8 * 3*8*»mcfE 7 8 77 7 7 7 7 7 ?

TIMÉ THREONINE alanine PRO U N E TV ROSINE V A LIN e METMIONiiveChfs) tone BAftOft +/- ju.qlmi CONC >0<ji Irwl >ULq)Ml CONCyUqlfvvl xy//Hl CONCvveiMi e<*o/c +/- CONC

jitol**! E#mc+/- CONCX*|/#W|ecDV

0 22-3 /•4S 1 8 -4 0 3 2 2 2 0 0 * 6 6 1 4 9 0 6 9 19-6 1*06 8 5 0*34

1 4 - ^ Z02 13) 2 8 * 5 M l 22-9 0 6 9 11*5 O SS 19*4 Ml 7*4 0*30

R2-5 H Z 0 9 3 6 9 6 2 * 7 1 1 2 3 0 0*69 7*9 0*36 8 6 0 * 4 9 4*7 0 19

38-5 ISO 1 1 7 40-7 IS 6 2 5 * 0 0 * 7 5 II q 0*55 14*5 0 * 3 7*2 O 29

44»S' 13S 0 3 8 6 6 3 2 59 196 0 * 5 9 6*5 0*3o 3 7 0 *50 , 8 3 0*21

6>2S 9 * 4 0 0 6 ( 82-3 3-21 210 0 63 5*0 0*23 16*6 0 4 5 3*8 045

M S 7 0 0*4fe 9 2 3 3-62 2 3 0 0 69 4 ' 5 0*2) 6 3 0*36 2 3 0*09

7 * 0-46 4 i-S* 3 5 7 22 5 0*68 2 6 04% 5*7 0 * 3 3 2 0 0 * 0 8

F iG u se 3 ' S q 3*89 3 8 4 3 8 9 3 . 8 4 3 8 a 3 8 5

PAGE 7 7 7 7 7 9 7*7 , 7 > 7 7 7 8II CYSTEi n E i s o u e v o N e UEv Ca n G AlENHAtANiNE LYSINE ClTRUUUNE 06NI THiNE

EAtoC*y-«UI'At 1OBNC E^eoev- CONC.

yU /nMeceoe.+/.S J tfln A

CO/MC/x |/H ©«0 <£■♦/-

A c i fn * jCOMOvU /iwf

& U O C Co (VC & U 0 it% ^ \

CONC e w e .

O 31*6 4 3 * 0 2 8 8 4 3 * 6 2*66 11*4 o*9t> 2 5 * 8 2 61 1*4* * 22*1

f 4 5 2 6 * 9 ¥ • 3 9 0 2 * 4 8 3 6 8 2 -2 5 10*3 6 * ? o 23*9 2-41 0*9 * 2 4 - 3 >fc

2 2 * 5 2 6 2 22*0 1*42 2 o*3 1 * 2 4 8*3 0-3% 11*0 l*H 0*9 3 2 ) t f -

3 8 8 2 9 1 3 3 4 2 * 2 4 3 3 9 2 * 0 6 8 * 9 0 -5 3 Z D S 2* OS 1 2 * 3 4 ?

4 6 * 5 2 S * 5 T ” 21*4 1*43 1 9 5 1*19 4 * 6 0*28 14*9 * 5 1 0 * 7 3 9 6*

6 2 5 2 3 9 * 1 9 6 1*18 14*8 0 * 9 o 3*0 0*18 10*0 1*01 o*9 * 4 3 * 9

6 9 5 2 1 0 * 10*9 0 * 9 2 8*9 0 5 3 2 * 3 0 / 4 5 2 0 * 5 3 M * 4 5 2

9 7 * 5 12*5 7 9 0 * S 2 6 7 0*41 2 0 0*1% 3*5 0 * 3 5 0 * 6 * 29*8

ERROR NOT KNOWN - ASSAN PERPOR.wej> BV SW tT H K U N ë GeECMAAl PHAlCWACeo-pCAtS.

Page 230: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

FUkvee 34* 346 iPtokS 80 81 iTirtEIkn)

6LUC0SE LACTATECfewcl e-Knon+f-MqldL Cor*cfa”) ERROfi?/-M

q *68 12 13-28 2-39 0-IS

/4*S IS4-U I2'l9 S S 3 0-39

)42lSl \\2<o 4-ss 0 29

SB'S 103-8? 8-21 — » —

45S qi?e 7^ , *89 o-st 1fees 39 6% 248 10-20 o*fcs

Ws- 3$?4s 2-8Z 1041 0-69

1

Page 231: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

FlQUfiE 3'IOq - - 3 106séauM-Rce*

'm & L E 3-1s&tu/yi-Ftzecr ' TABLE 3-1

PAQE s s / - / 8 6 3 9

TlrlE(hrs)

VIABLE cen s TOTAL c e u s VlASIUTN° b

rlob TITRE ASPAETATE Gt-LufArt/ireEftietX"*/- K IO$/m | CÔWCXIoS/lvlJ eeeoe-»/- sin* E K Z O d U -XloS"/i»i| 'C O N C-vg /nM BR.ieoK.t7-/LWi»vM O O b J C A# /fW eieioztV,«)/Avf

i II? OHO 1610 0-230 74 8-81 O-S'o 1468 1-42 2516 1-23

1-20 O .H i 148 0-251 6 9 10-04 ISO 18-80 I'ZS 2S4ST 125“

fgG 0-2W 2-SO 0-3S81 7 4 12-30 3 88 I8-OI 1-30 2939 136

41 3 (8 O-AsC 4-38 0-626 73 18-59 O 21-23 # 5 3 3^-89 I'Ti

4 9 3-84 0-54% 4-98 0 .1 (2 79 18-59 O 2o-3S * 49 . 3S3D 1*93

S 4 4*92. 0.104 6 3 9 0.1 H 7? 29 94 O IE-8S 1 21 3M3 1-S3

foS I'Ob f-o/4 9 18 1-213 79 5 1 5 6 4 4 2 1349 A 9 9 2 9 ? i l-3t

?*2| 1-030 9-Î8 131% 74 5 2 86 S ID 20 4* I-SI 43-81 a ir

73 6*41 OW q-is |-30% 7o S 6 4 9 18-99 — ——

99 4-oz 0- s # 8-2S l l %0 49 2 6 -4 0 2-60 —— — ——

«1 2 3 d 0-321 761 ( 0%8 3o 2S-I8 2-2S 22-28 169 49*5«J 2*38

89 1 6 4 0-23f 9 59 1*369 19 31-44 3 6 6 — — — -

Page 232: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

AGI/SE S€ieuAI-Reé* TA6L6 3-1

S-FTA6L6r 31

SFTA6tfc 3 /

S FTA6L6 3-1

SFTAStfc 3-1

SF 'TASUZI

pfiQe 29 99 89 8 9 84 89Timef ^ J

SE^IMÊ GrUNOtNE A&CriNlWE ÎH2£0fU/N6 ALAM//V6 P«DUN£Co m c Ezeoei/- CONC>y/AM ERCoe- A

> c g M ,CONC>U,q W Eaeoc+/- CXTNC-yvy/M ■e*fiog.+t- Cer/C■*jglr*4 ERjeoet/- CONC

yU ;rwt&UL01L.

1 3 2 4 4 14% 2°9-60 12-99 146% 0 4 5 24*13 0 -94 2 2 #I

0-68

3? 3 6 5 4 1 9.6 19-85 0-93 190-54 11-62 15-56 IOI 28-39 I I I 2b 01 0 60

21 34*19 |-9o 16 4% O-fcA* 187-08 II 4» 14 42- 0 94 38-01 14» 1951 OS9

4-1 39 ST 1-89 18-34 0 95 213-06 13-00 14 58 o 9 5 5 5 5 6 2-19 212* 0 6 4

49. 36 0% 1?9- , (6 99 0 * 9 0 199-20 12-15 11 91 O 99 6 0 4 4 2-36 ! 20-14 0-60

54- 29-39 13? 12-85 O S 3 154-19 9-4» 8-9t> 0*5? 56-25 2 19 IS?? 0 * f ?

feS 20-41 l o i 11-59 0 4 9 12488 9-62 3-81 0 25 S0-6l 19? 11-93 0 3 5

fcl 30-92- 153 14*99 0 61 195-94 II 9 4 4 96 0-31 78-62 3*0? 19-03 0-5?

81 31-90 15» /6-4b 0 69 200-94 12-26 S 4 9 0-58 86-91 3 3 8 21-91 0-65

RQuee sekom- Ffiee 171616 3*1

seeuto-peee •7A8tâ 3-1

sûewn-fleesTkêieZ'i

seeuM-fleeerA6£63-l

11 'free*3-|

wç7X6tC.3-|

PA4G 89 89 89 89 e? 89

TlflflG TY&OSii*€ VAUN6 niETHlOMiN6 isouevONfc UÊUQN6 PH ÊNVLAt/WiwS.Civs) t»NCA«lM GUtoa+b CONCyVSZvwl eaece+/-yvgM <OMC

yV /<wf jjq ImA CtiNCyVS W taetofc*/-yVqlM CONC ersaoe+A•Vq /wv#CONCA q irvJ

EM-Of) -V4 /N)

1 2008 042 19*24 1-04 Î659 0 66 3-oi 40-99 24? this 048

19 18-14 093 1562 0»4 1491 0 59 38-00 2-5S* 39*39 2 10 74*66 081

24 0*9? 13-98 099 14*01 0-56 34-59 2-32 3* 31 f 91 7356 0-23

41 16-?^ 0*9? 12-99 0*?3 14*2? 0*59 3S-90 2-41 33*66 2 05 7564 045

4 ? 13*92 0 64 b*41 0 60 12*69 o-si 3204 2-15 29-87 1-82 4-32 0-8?

S4- 10-90 0*49 G *99 0*39 935 0*3? 23-64. 150 21-44 1*31 71» 093

65 6 12 0*29 4*51 0*26 5*90 0-24 15-61 1 05 13-63 083 10*02 061

64 141 0-06 3*94 022 8*52 0*34 22-1» 1-53 20-20 1*23 11-40 0-9D

g ! 8*11 0 41 4-5? 026 934 0-3? 21-38 1*43 19*49 1-07 70-21 062

Page 233: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

AGtvee SaCUM-ftCÊS. 7A6te 3 1

Sfc^tm -AetSr TA&LÇ 3 1 :

PAGrB B9 V} - f•nme(hrs)

"mPToPHAhl LNSiwCowe- ewoK-A»4/«v1 C f i N L

AXjlrrfEXAiO&.vOfllwvl

1 S-1S 0-4$r SS60 2 4 6V

# 5-5S 0*44 3)96 2 4 9

29 $ r ? 0 4 6 269t> 2*22 | -

44 8-24 06* 2>ii z %

4 9 8 0 3 0 6? , 22^T if*29 ' 1

54- 6 SI) 0 ^ 4 4*43 4*24

b £ S4S 0 4 4 944 06 6

69 «•22 0 6% 11-30 0*44

8i 8 0 6 0 69 1249 I-04

Page 234: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

FWKe 4-2b 4 loi 4 2 4 4-2*{ 4 - 4 4"2ePAQ6 19 1D| IOI IOI 102 ;oi1

3 VIABLE COUS XIOs /nvl

Mab Tfree f/yfml)

609 PZOOocTlbit (%)

O9 UflUSATlOM(V

a ç AlAao«o 0.0. T /%)

/ 0 1 2 , O .o^ l- s s . 0 - 9 2-21 0 104/B 0 4 < I' 32 0-OI 0 4 0 02 0 71-2

21 0 % 1 3 ^ O-oi- 0 -51 0 -0 2 0 63-2

42 t - lo 3-02 0 01 0 5 ? 0 - 0 1 0 4 4 1

49 i t s 313 4 4 4 2-23 2 -0 ? ; o-oi 4o-<

u 2 ^ 3 313 2-6% 2-20 1-22 0-ol 4 0 0

1 4 3 1 2 l - 2(> 1-64 I-SÔ 1-09 0-03 40-1

ID 9S 3 s - n O i l I-10 0-?4- 0-13 4 0 0

IS %-%r 3-0 | 131 O i l û - % 0-02 400

/It g-30 1 3 - 4 3 O 0 4 0 - 6 o 0 - 0 ? 0 4 2 2

/23 4-69 i f - 1? 1 2 ? 1-40 , 0-11 00 1 K-6

Page 235: PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES OF A MURINE MONOCLONAL ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/856461/1/27721069.pdf1.2 Hybridoma Technology 8 1.2.1 The Humoral Immune Response 9 1.2.2 B-Cell hybridomas 14 1.2.3

' * f o m m U o f R . ç f f o F u & s

W l £ R<P T tn iE <eo r i m e (L0 r - -

1 0 .0 1 1 o - 6 o 1 l -u

1 1 0 0 % 6> o - 0 4 . G 0 0 11

2 3 0 - 0 2 I ? i - 6,& 2 1 1 0 3

2 1 2 , 3 1 2 0 1 - I l 2 0 3 - 1 9 .

4 - 1 | - ( D 2 3 i - n Zo 1 - 2 4

4 1*

Û- 8 S 2 1 H o 3 4 1 ( 0 ,

5 4 Ô ' t o H 1 - 3 4 4 5 0 -8 6 , *

GS 0 -4 L 1 - 2 9 3 0 O-IT-

G? 0 - 4 2 4 2 0 1 % * 54 1-3? *6)1 0 -4 ? 4 4 o - l i 6)0 0 - 2 5

? 3 0 - 5 4 4 % 0 - 8 2 6 % (0 4 - 4

9 ? 0 0 1 * 5 4. Û - 4 6 . ^ !

S I 0 5 8 6 6 0 - T 8

8 1 0 - 8 0 ? Z 0 - 1 -6,

9 9 0 - 0 3

-

!

*• U M iT S o f n e Peftn m ffob fHooucxioH P a ts